You are on page 1of 144

Solutions to

Mathematics
PULLOUT WORKSHEETS
FOR CLASS IX
Second Term

By
Kusum Wadhwa Anju Loomba
(PGT Mathematics) (HOD Mathematics)
Delhi Public School, Mathura Road, New Delhi Apeejay School, Noida

New Saraswati House (India) Pvt. Ltd.


New Delhi-110002 (INDIA)
Second Floor, MGM Tower, 19 Ansari Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi-110002 (India)
Phone : +91-11-43556600
Fax : +91-11-43556688
E-mail : delhi@saraswatihouse.com
Website : www.saraswatihouse.com
CIN : U22110DL2013PTC262320
Import-Export Licence No. 0513086293

Branches:
• Ahmedabad (079) 22160722 • Bengaluru (080) 26619880, 26676396
• Bhopal +91-7554003654 • Chennai (044) 28416531 • Dehradun 09837452852
• Guwahati (0361) 2457198• Hyderabad (040) 42615566 • Jaipur (0141) 4006022
• Jalandhar (0181) 4642600, 4643600 • Kochi (0484) 4033369 • Kolkata (033) 40042314
• Lucknow (0522) 4062517 • Mumbai (022) 28737050, 28737090
• Patna (0612) 2570403 • Ranchi (0651) 2244654

First published 2016

ISBN: ?

Published by: New Saraswati House (India) Pvt. Ltd.


19 Ansari Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi-110002 (India)

The moral rights of the author has been asserted.

© Reserved with the Publishers


All rights reserved under the Copyright Act. No part of this publication may be reproduced,
transcribed, transmitted, stored in a retrieval system or translated into any language or
computer, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, magnetic, optical, chemical,
manual, photocopy or otherwise without the prior permission of the copyright owner. Any
person who does any unauthorised act in relation to this publication may be liable to criminal
prosecution and civil claims for damages.

Printed at: Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., Sahibabad (Uttar Pradesh)

This book is meant for educational and learning purposes. The author(s) of the book has/have
taken all reasonable care to ensure that the contents of the book do not violate any copyright
or other intellectual property rights of any person in any manner whatsoever. In the event the
author(s) has/have been unable to track any source and if any copyright has been inadvertently
infringed, please notify the publisher in writing for any corrective action.
CONTENT
CONTENTSS
1. Linear Equations in two Variables

 Worksheets (1 to 6) ..................................................................................................... 6

• Assessment Sheets (1 and 2) ................................................................................... 15


• Chapter Test ............................................................................................................. 17

2. Quadrilaterals

 Worksheets (12 to 16) ............................................................................................... 18

• Assessment Sheets (3 and 4) ................................................................................... 24


• Chapter Test ............................................................................................................. 27

3. Areas of Parallelograms and Triangles

 Worksheets (21 to 25) ............................................................................................... 29

• Assessment Sheets (5 and 6) ................................................................................... 37


• Chapter Test ............................................................................................................. 39

4. Circles

 Worksheets (28 to 33) ............................................................................................... 41

• Assessment Sheets (7 and 8) ................................................................................... 51


• Chapter Test ............................................................................................................. 54

5. Constructions

 Worksheet 36 ........................................................................................................... 56

• Assessment Sheet 9 .................................................................................................. 58


• Chapter Test ............................................................................................................. 60

6. Surface Areas and Volumes

 Worksheets (40 to 47) ............................................................................................... 63

–3–
• Assessment Sheets (10 and 11) ................................................................................ 75
• Chapter Test ............................................................................................................. 79

7. Probability

 Worksheets (51 and 52) ............................................................................................ 81

• Assessment Sheets (12 and 13) ............................................................................... 83


• Chapter Test ............................................................................................................. 85

8. Statistics

 Worksheets (56 to 63) ............................................................................................... 87

• Assessment Sheets (14 and 15) ............................................................................... 98


• Chapter Test ........................................................................................................... 100

PRACTICE PAPERS (1 to 5) ................................................................................... 102

–4–
Solutions  to
PULLOUT  WORKSHEETS
AND
PRACTICE  PAPERS
[Summative  Assessments]
[SECOND TERM]
Chapter

1 LINEAR EQUATIONS IN TWO VARIABLES

WORKSHEET – 1 in the standard linear equation


ax + by + c = 0, we get
1. (D) 8x = 6y can be expressed as
8x – 6y + 0 = 0 1. ¥ –1 ´ . 1
x+ ¦ µ y+ =0
Comparing with ax + by + c = 0, we get 2 § 3 ¶ 6
a = 8, b = – 6 and c = 0. Multiplying both sides by 6, we get
2. 5x + 7 = 0 Þ 5x + 0 + 7 = 0 3x – 2y + 1 = 0.
Þÿ 5x + 0.y + 7 = 0 8. (i) As given the perimeter p of a square
3. Let us take a, b, c as three constants. is four times its side s.
Then required equation is ax + by + c = 0. p = 4s or p – 4s + 0 = 0 which is a linear
4. Let the cost of a notebook be ` x and the equation in two variables.
cost of a pencil be ` y. (ii) Let the two numbers be x and y.
We are given that the cost of a notebook As the given ratio of two numbers is 2 : 3.
is four times that of a pencil. So, we have
the equation x = 4y. This can be expressed \ x : y = 2 : 3 or
x
y
=
2
3
Þÿ 3x = 2y
as x – 4y = 0 or x – 4. y + 0 = 0 which is
the required equation in two variables. \ 3x – 2y + 0 = 0 which is a linear
5. Let the cost of a pen be ` x and the cost equation in two variables.
of a book be ` y. 9. (i) Given equation of the line is
We are given that, the cost of a book is x= y …(i)
three times that of the pen. So, we have This line passes through a point whose x-
coordinate is 20.5
the equation y = 3x. This can be expressed
as 3x – y = 0 or 3x – 1.y + 0 = 0, which is \ x = 20.5
the required equation in two variables. Substituting this value of x in (i), we get
6. Let the cost of a pen be ` x and that of a y = 20.5
book be ` y. So the required coordinates are (20.5, 20.5)
We are given that, the cost of a book is (ii) The given of the line is
two times that of a pen. Thus, y = 2x. This x + y= 0 …(ii)
equation can be written as 2x – y = 0 or This line passes through a point whose y-
coordinate is – 19.5
2 . x + (– 1) . y + 0 = 0 which is linear
equation in two variables. \ y = – 19.5
Answers will vary. But sample solution Substituting this value of y in equation
is x = 10; y = 20. No neither x nor y can (ii), we get
x – 19.5 = 0
take negative values; as the cost can't
be negative. \ x = 19.5
So the required coordinates are (19.5,
7. (i) Putting a = 0, b = – 3 and c = 0 in the
– 19.5)
standard equation ax + by + c = 0, we get
(iii) The coordinates of all the points lying
0. x + (– 3) . y + 0 = 0
Þ 0. x – 3y + 0 = 0.
on a line satisfy the equation of the line.
(iv) Punctuality; respect for elders or
1 −1 1 parents.
(ii) Putting a = ,b= and c =
2 3 6

6 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
WORKSHEET – 2 Thus, (4, 0) is a solution of the given
equation.
1. (C) (iii) Putting ( )
2, 4 2 , i.e., x = 2 and
2. Every solution has the values of two
y = 4 2 , we get
variables that follow an ordered pair.
3. An order pair that satisfies an equation 2–2×4 2=4
in two variables is called solution of
that equation.
ÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ Þ 2–8 2=4 Þ –7 2= 4
which is false
4. p + 9 = 9
Þ p = 9 – 9 = 0.
Thus, 2, 4 2
is not the solution of
the given equation.
(iv) Putting (2 2 , 2 – 2), i.e., x = 2 2
and y = 2 – 2, we get
2 2 – 2 ( 2 – 2) = 4
Thus, p = 0 is a root of the given equation.
p p Þ 2 2 – 2 2 +4= 4
5. x + y = 9 can be written as y = 9 – x
For x = 1, y = 9 – .1 = 9 – p p Þ 4 = 4 which is true.

For x = 0, y = 9 – .0 = 9 – 0 = 9 p 9. (i) The partition represents a straight line.

For x = 2, y = 9 – .2 = 9 – 2 p p To draw a straight line we must have

p p
atleast two points on it.
For x = 3, y = 9 – .3 = 9 – 3 3x + 2y = 12
x 1 0 2 3 x 0 4
y 9– p 9 9–2 p 9–3 p y 6 0

Thus, (0, 9); (1, 9 – ); (2, 9 – 2 );p p Thus the points are (0, 6) and (4, 0).
p
(3, 9 – 3 ) are four different solutions Plotting these points on a graph paper and
p
for x + y = 9. joining them we get the required graph.
Answers may vary. (ii) Graph of a linear equation.
2 2 (iii) Love for environment and Cooperat-
6. x = and no y, means y = 0 ion i.e., Collective responsibility.
13
⎛2 2 ⎞ WORKSHEET– 3
So, only solution is ⎜ , 0⎟ .
⎜ 13 ⎟
⎝ ⎠
1. (D) Putting x = 1 in equation y = 2x – 1,
7. Putting x = 2 and y = 1 in the given
we get
equation, we get
2.2 + 3.1 = k y = 2 × 1 – 1 = 1 so, required solution is
(1, 1).
Thus, k = 4 + 3 = 7.
8. (i) Putting (0, 2), i.e., x = 0 and y = 2, 2. The given point (0, – 6) lies on y-axis
we get and a line parallel to x-axis at 6 units
x – 2y = 4 ÿÞ
0–2×2=4
below of it, i.e., x = 0 or y = – 6.
Þ
– 4 = 4 which is false. 3. Putting the points (2, 2), (– 2, – 1), etc.
from the graph in given equations, we
Thus, (0, 2) is not a solution of the
find 8y – 6x = 4 is always true.
given equation.
(ii) Putting (4, 0), i.e., x = 4 and y = 0, 4. Yes. The given data satisfies the equation
y = 2x – 1, as each point in the data is the
we get
4–2×0=4 Þ
4 = 4 which is true.
solution of the given equation.

L I N E A R E Q U A T I O N S I N T W O ... 7
5. The given equation is y = 3x.
3 × 5 − 11 15 − 11 4
Let x = 0, then y = 3. 0 = 0; (0, 0) x= = = =2
2 2 2
Let x = 1, then y = 3.1 = 3; (1, 3) So, ordered pair is (2, 5).
Let x = – 2, then y = 3. (– 2) = – 6; (– 2, – 6) Thus, the table for values of x and y is
Thus, the table for values of x and y is
x –4 –1 2
x 0 1 –2 y 1 3 5
y 0 3 –6
Plotting these ordered pairs on the
Plotting these points on the graph, graph paper, we get
we get

7. Since the point (– 2, 4) lies on the graph


of the equation y = mx + 5, then x = – 2,
y = 4 is a solution of the given equation.
Putting x = – 2 and y = 4, we get
4 = m (– 2) + 5
or 4 = –2 m + 5
or 2 m= 5 – 4 = 1
6. The given equation is
1
2x – 3y + 11 = 0 can be written as or m= .
2
3 y – 11 8. Consider the equations x + y = 16 and
2x = 3y – 11 or x =
2 4x – y + 6 = 0.
Let y = 1, then
Both the above equations will be
3 × 1 − 11 3 − 11 −8 satisfied by x = 2, y = 14.
x= = = =–4 Hence, these are the equations of two
2 2 2
lines passing through (2, 14).
So, ordered pair is (– 4, 1).
We can write infinitely many such lines
Let y = 3, then because infinitely many lines can be
3 × 3 − 11 9 − 11 −2 made to pass through a given point.
x= = = =–1 OR
2 2 2
The graph for the values of x and y
So, ordered pair is (– 1, 3).
given in the table is as shown.
Let y = 5, then

8 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
(i) When x = 1, y = 2 (Using above graph)
(ii) When y = 4, x = – 4
(Using above graph)

WORKSHEET – 4
1. (D) On drawing the graph of given
equations, we see that they never
intersect each other at any point. So,
they have no solution.
2. 3b + 1 = 2
+ 2a – 3 = 5 (Subtracting)
The graph is drawn by using the – + –
ordered pairs (– 1, – 2) and (– 4, – 3). 3b – 2a + 4 = – 3
From the graph, we have when y = 1, Þ 3b – 2a = – 7.
x = 8 that means q = 8. 3. At x = c, c being a real quantity,
Again when x = 5, y = 0 that means y = mx gives y = mc
p = 0. Hence, every distinct value of x gives a
Thus, p = 0 and q = 8 are the required corresponding distinct value of y. Therefore,
values. y = mx has infinitely many solution.
9. Consider 2x + 5y = 12 4. At y-axis, abscissa is always 0.
Þ 5y = 12 – 2x \ y = 12 – 2 x
5
So putting x = 0 in the given equations
we get
Let x = 6, y= 12 – 2 × 6 = 12 – 12 = 0 = 0 y=5×0+7=0+7=7
5 5 5
Hence, solution is (0, 7).
Let x = – 4, y = 12 – 2 × (– 4) 5. Consider 3x + 2y = 12
5
When x = 0, 3(0) + 2y = 12
=
12 + 8 20
= =4 Þ 2y = 12
Þ
5 5
y= 6
Let x = 11, y = 12 – 2 × 11 = 12 – 22
5 5 \ x = 0, y = 6 is a solution.
–10 When y = 0, 3x + 2(0) = 12
=
5
=–2
Þ 3x = 12
Thus, we get a table as below: Þ x= 4
x 6 –4 11 \ x = 4, y = 0 is a solution.
y When x = 6, 3(6) + 2y = 12
0 4 –2
Þ 18 + 2y = 12
The graph of the equation is as shown.
Þ 2y = 12 – 18
Þ 2y = – 6
Þ y= – 3
\ x = 6, y = – 3 is a solution.
These solutions can be put in the form
of a table as shown below:
x 0 4 6
y 6 0 –3

L I N E A R E Q U A T I O N S I N T W O ... 9
Points are: (0, 6), (4, 0), (6, – 3). 7. Given equations are 3x + y + 1 = 0 and
The graph of the equation is: 2x – 3y + 8 = 0 which can be re-written
respectively as
y = – 1 – 3x ... (i)
3y − 8
and x = ... (ii)
2
Table for values of x and y in equation (i)
is as below:

x 0 1 –2
y –1 –4 5

Table for values of x and y in equation (ii)


is as below:

x –4 –1 2
From the graph:
y 0 2 4
The point (2, 3) lies on the graph of
the equation. Hence, x = 2, y = 3 is a
solution of the equation.
6. The cost of 1 litre of petrol is ` 50.
Number of litres of petrol = x
Total cost of petrol = ` y
Þ 50x = y
Table of values:

x 0 1 2
y 0 50 100

From the graph, the point of intersec-


tion is (– 1, 2).
8. The two given equations are:
2x – y = 3 ...(i)
and 3x + 2y = 1 ...(ii)

10 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
From equation (i), we have Table for values of x and y in equation (i)
y = 2x – 3 is given below:
Table for values of equation (i) is given x 1 –2 4
below:
y 1 3 –1
x 0 2 1
From equation (ii), we have
y –3 1 –1
− 11 − 3 y
From equation (ii), we have x=
ÿÞÿ y = 1 –23x
2
2y = 1 – 3x Table of values for x and y in equation (ii)
Table for values of equation (ii) is given is given below:
below:
x –4 –7 –1
x –1 3 1 y –1 1 –3
y 2 –4 –1

Observing the graph, we infer that the


lines are parallel.

WORKSHEET– 5
With the help of these tables, we have 1. (C) Putting x = 3 and y = 1 in each
drawn two straight lines l1 and l2 equation, we see that only 3y = x is
representing equations (i) and (ii) satisfied.
respectively as shown in figure. 2. x = 6y – 12
From the graph, we find that the point 2 11
3. The equation y = x – , is having
P(1, – 1) is the point of intersection of 3 3
the two lines. 2
the coefficient of x as and also satisfies
9. The two given equations are: 3
by the values x = 4, y = – 1.
2x + 3y – 5 = 0 ...(i)
and 2x + 3y + 11 = 0 ...(ii) y 3
4. x = + can be expressed as
From equation (i), we have 2 2
2x = y + 3, i.e., y = 2x – 3.
5 − 3y
x= So, a = 2.
2

L I N E A R E Q U A T I O N S I N T W O ... 11
5. Consider 3x + 2y = 12 Also given that total fare is ` y.
When x = 0, 3(0) + 2y = 12 Hence, y = 8 + (x – 1) × 5
Þ 2y = 12 Þ y = 8 + 5x – 5
Þ y =6 Þ 5x – y + 3 = 0. (Standard form)
\ x = 0, y = 6 is a solution. 7. x + y = 100 is the linear equation
When y = 0, 3x + 2(0) = 12 satisfying the given data.
Þ 3x = 12
Þ
When x = 0, y = 100
x =4
\
When x = 10, y = 90
x = 4, y = 0 is a solution. When x = 20, y = 80
When x = 6, 3(6) + 2y = 12
Þ 18 + 2y = 12
The table is

Þ 2y = 12 – 18 x 0 10 20
Þ 2y = – 6 y 100 90 80
Þ y =–3
\ x = 6, y = – 3 is a solution.
The points are (0, 100), (10, 90) and (20,
80).
These solutions can be put in the form
Graphing and joining these points, we
of a table as shown below:
get the graph of x + y = 100 as shown.
x 0 4 6
y 6 0 –3

Points are: (0, 6), (4, 0), (6, – 3).


The graph of the equation is:

8. Let W = work done,


F = constant force = 5 units,
From the graph, the point (2, 3) lies on d = distance travelled
the graph of the equation. Hence, x =
Then , W = Fd
2, y = 3 is a solution of the equation.
Here, W = 5d
6. As given total distance = x km
and fare for first kilometre = ` 8 For d = 0, W = 0,
So, as per the condition, fare for next For d = 1, W = 5,
(x – 1) km = ` (x – 1) × 5 For d = 2, W = 10.

12 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
These values can be put into a tabular When C = – 10, F = – 18 + 32 = 14
form as follows: The values can be tabulated as under:
d 0 1 2 x 0 10 – 10
W 0 5 10 y 32 50 14
The points are (0, 0), (1, 5) and (2, 10). Points are (0, 32), (10, 50) and (– 10, 14)
On taking d on x-axis and W on y-axis, Taking Celsius on the x-axis and
the graph is: Fahrenheit on the y-axis, we draw graph
using the same scale on both the axes.
The graph is

From the graph:


(ii) When C = 30°, F = 86°
Hence, 30°C = 86°F.
(i) Let A represent x = 2 on the x-axis. (iii) When F = 95°, C = 35°
From A, draw a line parallel to the Hence, 95°F = 35°C.
y-axis, meeting the graph at B. From B,
draw a line perpendicular to y-axis, WORKSHEET– 6
meeting the y-axis at C. The ordinate
of C is 10. 1. (A) Equation y = 3 represents a line
So, when the distance travelled is 2 units, parallel to x-axis and 3 units away from
the work done is 10 units. it in positive direction.
(ii) From the graph, when d = 0, W = 0,
i.e., no work is done when distance
travelled is 0.
⎛9⎞
9. (i) F = ⎜ ⎟ C + 32
⎝5⎠
When C = 0, F = 0 + 32 = 32
When C = 10, F = 18 + 32 = 50

L I N E A R E Q U A T I O N S I N T W O ... 13
2. Consider y = 4 as an equation in one Thus, a square ABCD is formed.
variable so its geometrical representa-
tion is a point at a distance of 4 units to
the right of the origin.

3. x = 4, y = 4, x = 0, y = 0
4. Equations of the sides OA and OB are
y = 0 and x = 0 respectively.
5. We have 2x + 9 = 0.
9
This can be re-written as x = –
2
The representation of the solution on the
9
number line is shown in figure. x = – is
2 9.
treated as an equation in one variable.

6. y + 2 = 0 or y = – 2 is the line parallel


to x-axis at a distance of 2 units below
the x-axis.

Equations of the sides of the rectangle


7. (i) origin (ii) the origin
ABCD are
(iii) (p, q)
(i) AB is y = 2 (ii) BC is x = 6
8. Equations x = 4 and x = – 4 represent
(iii) CD is y = 4 (iv) AD is x = 2 .
the lines parallel to y-axis at the
distance of 4 units from both sides Equations of the sides of the square
(right and left) of it. Similarly, y = 4 PQRS are
and y = – 4 represent the parallels to (i) PQ is y = – 6 (ii) QR is x = – 1
the x-axis at 4 units above and below (iii) RS is y = – 3 (iv) SP is x = – 4.
both this axis.

14 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
ASSESSMENT SHEET – 1 If y = 1, then
3 × 1 − 11 3 − 11
1. (A) Anju had 8 pairs of shoes and Poonam x= =
2 2
borrowed x pairs. Then 6 pairs of shoes
−8
were left with Anju. So, 8 – x = 6. = =–4
2
2. Consider 8x = 4 ÿ\ x = 48 = 12 So, the point is (– 4, 1).
If y = 3, then
and 2.4 x = 1.2 \ x = 12..24 = 12 . x=
3 × 3 − 11
=
9 − 11
2 2
3. Yes −2
= =–1
4. By the definition of complementary 2
angles: So, the point is (– 1, 3).
Ð
m A + m B = 90° Ð If y = 5, then
Þ x + y = 90° 3 × 5 − 11 15 − 11 4
\ y = 90° – x.
x=
2
=
2
=
2
=2

5. (i) Given equation can be expressed as So, the point is (2, 5).
2x + 3y – 9. 35 = 0; on comparing with Thus, the table for values of x and y is
standard equation, we get
x –4 –1 2
a = 2, b = 3, c = – 9. 35 .
y 1 3 5
(ii) 2x + 5y + 0 = 0; a = 2, b = 5, c = 0.
6. Since the point (3, 4) lies on the graph
of the equation 3y = ax + 7.
\ x = 3, y = 4 is a solution of the given
equation.
Þ 3.4 = a.3 + 7
(Putting x = 3 and y = 4)
Þ 12 = 3a + 7
Þ 3a = 12 – 7 = 5

Þ a=
5
3
.

7. All the equations can be written in


standard form as an equation in two
variables, i.e., ax + by + c = 0 Graph meets x-axis at (– 5.5, 0)
(i) x = – 5 Þ1. x + 0. y + 5 = 0 9. Distance covered = x km (x > 0)
(ii) 3x + 5 = 0 Þ3. x + 0. y + 5 = 0 Total fare = ` y ( y > 0)
(iii) 5y = 2 Þ0 . x + 5 . y – 2 = 0. According to the question,
8. The given equation 2x – 3y + 11 = 0 can y = (1 × 8) + (x – 1) × 5
be written as: (Fare for (Fare for

2x = 3y – 11 Þ x =
3 y − 11
2 Þ
first km) remaining kms)
y = 8 + 5x – 5

L I N E A R E Q U A T I O N S I N T W O ... 15
Þ y = 5x + 3 infinite number of points lying on it and
Þ 5x – y + 3 = 0 every point on the line is a solution of
(Standard form) its equation.
5. (i) Putting x = 0 and y = 2 in x – 2y = 4,
¹ÿ
When x = 1, y = 8
When x = 2, y = 13 we get 0–2 ×2 = –4 4
Thus, (0, 2) does not satisfy the equation
When x = 3, y = 18
x – 2y = 4, so it is not a solution of the
These values can be put in the tabular
equation.
form as follows:
(ii) Putting x = 2 and y = 0 in the left
x 1 2 3 side of the equation, we get
y 8 13 18 x – 2y = 2 – 2 × 0 = 2 – 0

Points are (1, 8), (2, 13) and (3, 18). The
=2 4 ¹
Hence, (2, 0) is not a solution of the
graph of the equation is shown in figure. equation.
6. Putting x = 2 and y = – 3 in the given
equation, we get
– 3 = 2m + 5
Þ 2m = – 8
m = – 4.
7. (i) Equation 2x – 3y = 5 can be re-written
as 2x – 3y – 5 = 0.
Hence, a = 2, b = – 3, c = – 5.
(ii) 7x = 3y can be expressed as
7x – 3y + 0 = 0.
Hence, a = 7, b = – 3, c = 0.
(iii) Equation 9x = 4 – 3y can be expressed
as 9x + 3y – 4 = 0.
Hence, a = 9, b = 3, c = – 4.
8. (i) We know that a linear equation in two
variables is of the form ax + by + c = 0.
Putting a = 2, b = 3 and c = 4, we get
2x + 3y + 4 = 0.
(ii) We know that a linear equation in two
ASSESSMENT SHEET – 2 variables is of the form ax + by + c = 0.
1. (B) Putting x = 1 and y = 1 in left side Putting a = 5, b = – 1 and c = 0, we get
of the equation 2x + 3y = 6, we get 5x + (– 1)y + 0 = 0
2 × 1 + 3 × 1 = 2 + 3 = 5 6.¹ Þ 5x – y + 0 = 0.
So, (1, 1) is not a solution of this equation. Table of values is:
2. x = 0
1
3. No x 0 1 –
2
4. The equation y = 7x + 6 has infinitely
many solutions. As the graph of the given 5
y 0 5 –
equation is a straight line. A line has 2

16 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
CHAPTER TEST
1. (B)
2. Putting x = 3 and y = 4 in equation
3y = ax + 7, we get
3. 4 = a. 3 + 7
Þ 12 = 3a + 7

Þ 3a = 12 – 7 = 5 ÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ\ÿÿÿ a = 53 .
3. Line IV.
4. y = 5x + 3
5. (i) 4n + 9 = 12 is a linear equation in
one variable.
(ii) 9x – y = 3 – x is a linear equation in
two variables.
6. See Worksheet-1, Sol-5.
9. (i) Equations x = 6 and x = – 6 represent 7. See Worksheet-5, Sol-7.
the lines parallel to y-axis at the 8. Equations of AB is y = 2, CD is x = – 5
distance of 4 units from both sides and GH is x = 4.
(right and left) of it. Similarly y = 6
and y = – 6 represent two lines parallel
to the x-axis at 6 units above and below
x-axis. Thus a square ABCD is formed.
(ii) Square
(iii) Rationality and Justice
(iv) Ravi and Dinesh showed respect for
elders.

9. (i) Let the distance covered be x km and


the total fare be ` y.
Fare for first kilometre = ` (1 × 40)
Fare for (x – 1) kilometres
= ` (x – 1) × 20
So, fare for x kilometres will be given
by
y = 1 × 40 + (x – 1) × 20
or y = 40 + 20x – 20
or y = 20x + 20
(ii) Formation of linear equation.
(iii) Self-reliance, i.e., value manual
labour, value self respect.

qq

L I N E A R E Q U A T I O N S I N T W O ... 17
Chapter

2 QUADRILATERALS

WORKSHEET– 12 6. Let x be the constant of proportionality.


So, the angles of the quadrilateral can
1. (B) As all are closed figures formed by
be taken as 3x, 5x, 9x and 13x
three or more than three line segments.
Then, 3x + 5x + 9x + 13x = 360°
2. False, as a sphere is a three-dimensional
(ASP of a quadrilateral)
structure but a circle is two-dimensional.
⇒ 30x = 360°
3. Let reflex ∠ADC = y
⇒ x = 12°
30° + 48° + 40° + y = 360°
Thus, the angles of the quadrilateral are
(Sum of interior angles)
3x = 3 × 12° = 36°, 5x = 5 × 12° = 60°,
9x = 9 × 12° = 108°, 13x = 13 × 12° = 156°.
7. Let us take a quadrilateral ABCD.
Join AC.
In ΔABC, ∠1 + ∠2 + ∠B = 180° ... (i)
(ASP of a triangle)

⇒ y = 360° – 118° = 242°


But x + y = 360°
⇒ x = 360° – 242° = 118°.
4. As CD || AB and BC is transversal,
∠C + ∠B = 180°
(Sum of interior
angles on the same In ΔACD,
side of transversal) ∠3 + ∠4 + ∠D = 180° ... (ii)
⇒ 95° + y = 180° (ASP of a triangle)
⇒ y = 85°
Adding equations (i) and (ii), we get
Similarly, 2x + 5° + x + 25° = 180°
∠1 + ∠2 + ∠3 + ∠4 + ∠B + ∠D
180º – 5º – 25º = 180° + 180°
⇒ x=  50º.
3 ⇒ (∠1 + ∠4) + (∠2 + ∠3) + ∠B + ∠D
5. Since ABCD is a parallelogram, = 360°
BC || AD ⇒ ∠A + ∠C + ∠B + ∠D = 360°.
⇒ 5x = 25° 8. In parallelogram ABCD,
(Alternate angles) AC = BD
⇒ x = 5° (Given: Diagonals are equal)
Since AB || DC
⇒ 60° = 6y
(Alternate angles)
⇒ y = 10°
Hence, x = 5° and y = 10°.

18 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
In ΔABC and ΔBAD, 3. Let us represent the
AB = BA (Common side) given figure by ABCD.
BC = AD Here, AB || CD and
(Opposite sides of a AD || BC.
parallelogram are equal) So, the given figure
AC = BD (Given) has two sets of parallel sides.
∴ ΔABC ≅ ΔBAD. 4. In the given figure,
(Using SSS congruence rule) ∠A + ∠D = 90° + 90° = 180°
⇒ ∠ABC = ∠BAD (CPCT) ⇒ AB || DC (Cointerior angles
We also have are supplementary, lines are parallel)
∠A = ∠C and ∠B = ∠D ∴ ∠B + ∠C = 180°
(Opposite angles of a (Using ASP of quadrilateral)
parallelogram are equal)
⇒ ∠A = ∠B = ∠C = ∠D = x (say)
Also, ∠A + ∠B + ∠C + ∠D = 360°
⇒ x + x + x + x = 360°
⇒ 4x = 360°
⇒ x = 90°
⇒ ∠A = ∠B = ∠C = ∠D = 90° But it is given that ∠B is an obtuse
Hence, ABCD is a rectangle. angle, therefore, ∠C must be an acute
angle.
9. (i) ∠R = 80° (Given)
5. Since opposite angles of a parallelogram
SR P PQ and RQ is a
are equal
transversal
∴ 3x – 4 = 60 – x ⇒ 3x + x = 60 + 4
∴ ∠R + ∠Q = 180°
64
(Co-interior angles) ⇒ 4x = 64 ⇒ x = ⇒ x = 16.
4
⇒ ∠Q = 180° – 80°
Two adjacent angles are (3 × 16 – 4)° = 44°
= 100°
and 180° – 44° = 136°
Similarly, ∠Q + ∠P = 180° Hence, angles are 44°, 136°, 44°, 136°.
⇒ ∠P = 180° – 100° = 80°
6. Let the smallest angle of the parallelogram
and∠S + ∠R = 180° be x, then its adjacent angle = 2x – 24°
⇒ ∠S = 180° – 80° = 100° ⇒ x + 2x – 24° = 180°
Hence, ∠P = 80°, ∠Q = 100°, (Adjacent angles of a parallelogram
∠R = 80°, ∠S = 100° are supplementary)
(ii) Property of co-interior angles when a ⇒ 3x = 180° + 24°
pair of straight lines intersected by 204o
⇒ x= ⇒ x = 68°
another straight line (Geometry) 3
So, 180° – 68° = 112°
(iii) Diligence. i.e., dedication, deter-
mination and Hard work. Hence, angles are 68°, 112°, 68°, 112°.
7. ∠1 = ∠4 (Alternate angles) ... (i)
WORKSHEET– 13 In ΔACD,
1. (C) ∠2 = ∠4 ... (ii)
2. In quadrilateral ABCD, AB || CD (Angles opposite to equal sides of a
So, ABCD is a trapezium. triangle are equal)

Q U A D R I L A T E R A L S 19
In ΔABC, DF is the line-segment joining
the mid-points of sides AB and AC.
So, DF is parallel to BC and half of it.
BC a
i.e., DF = = Similarly,
2 2
∠1 = ∠2 [From (i) and (ii)] AC b AB c
Similarly, ∠3 = ∠4 DE =
2
=
2
and EF =
2
=
2
Therefore, AC bisects ∠A as well as ∠C.
a b c
In the same way, we can also prove that ∴ DF + DE + EF = + +
2 2 2
BD bisects ∠B as well as ∠D.
a b c
8. We are given that diagonals AC and BD =
bisect each other at right angles at O. 2
Hence, required perimeter is
1
(a + b + c).s
2
(ii) Mid-point theorem (Geometry).
(iii) Unity and cooperation.

WORKSHEET – 14
In ΔAOB and Δ AOD, we have 1. (D) As SP || RQ and SQ is transversal,
AO = AO (Common)
∠QSP = ∠SQR = 60°
∠AOB = ∠AOD = 90° (Given)
(Alternate angles)
OB = OD (Given)
Now, using SAS congruence criterion, In Δ PQS,
we have ∠QSP + ∠SPQ + ∠SQP = 180° (ASP)
ΔAOB ≅ ΔAOD
⇒ 60° + 75° + ∠SQP = 180°
Now, AB = AD (CPCT) ... (i)
⇒ ∠SQP = 45°.
Similarly, we can prove that
AB = BC and AD = CD ... (ii) 2. In quadrilateral PQRS, PQ = SR and
From equations (i) and (ii), we have PQ || SR,
AB = BC = CD = AD ∴ PS = QR and PS || QR
Henc, ABCD is a rhombus. Therefore, x = ∠RPQ
9. (i) Let the photo-frame be ABC such (Alternate angles)
that BC = a, CA = b and AB = c and the = 60°
mid-points of AB, BC and CA are Similarly, y = 30°.
respectively D, E and F.
3. Let the given parallelogram be ABCD.
∠BAD + ∠ABC = 180°
(Sum of adjacent angles of a parallelogram)

We have to determine the perimeter of


ΔDEF. ∠1 + ∠2 + ∠3 + ∠4 = 180°
20 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
But, ∠1 = ∠2 and ∠3 = ∠4 ∠ABD = ∠ADB
∴ ∠1 + ∠1 + ∠3 + ∠3 = 180° (Angles opposite to equal
⇒ ∠1 + ∠3 = 90° sides of rhombus are equal)
In Δ AOB, Also, ∠1 + ∠2 + 60° = 180° (ASP)
∠1 + ∠3 + ∠AOB = 180° (ASP) ⇒ ∠1 + ∠1 = 180° – 60° = 120°
⇒ 90° + ∠AOB = 180° ⇒ 2∠1 = 120° ⇒ ∠1 = 60°
⇒ ∠AOB = 90°. In ΔAOB,
4. In ΔPRS, 3a + 5a + 2a = 180° (ASP) ∠1 + ∠3 + ∠4 = 180°
⇒ a = 18° ⇒ 60° + 90° + ∠4 = 180°
SR || PQ (Opposite sides ⇒ ∠4 = 180° – 150° = 30°
of a parallelogram) So, in ΔABO, angles are 90°, 30°, 60°.
⇒ ∠1 = 2a
8. In ΔAPB and ΔCQD,
(Alternate angles)
∠1 = ∠2 = 90° (Given)
∴ ∠P = 3a + 2a = 5a = 5 × 18° = 90°.
∠3 = ∠4 (Alternate angles)
Similarly, ∠R = 2a + 3a = 90°,
and AB = CD
And ∠S = 5a = 90°,
(Opposite sides of a parallelogram)
∠Q = 360° – (∠P + ∠R + ∠S)
= 360° – 270° = 90°.
or
∠S = ∠Q = 90. (Opposite angles of a ||gm)
5. Let the given angles be 5x and 4x.
Since, adjacent angles of a parallelogram ∴ ΔAPB ≅ ΔCQD
are supplementary
(By AAS congruence criterion)
∴ 5x + 4x = 180°
⇒ AP = CQ. (CPCT)
⇒ 9x = 180°
⇒ x = 20° 9. (i) In ΔAPD and ΔCQB,
DP = BQ (Given)
Therefore, angles are 100°, 80°, 100°,
80°. ∠ADP = ∠CBQ
6. ABCD is a rectangle. (Pair of alternate angles)
⇒ ∠ABC = 90° AD = BC
(Opposite sides of a parallelogram)
⇒ ∠ABD + ∠DBC = ∠ABC
⇒ 48° + ∠DBC = 90°
⇒ ∠DBC = 90° – 48°
= 42°.
7. Since ABCD is a rhombus. Therefore,
∠AOB = ∠BOC = 90°.
∴ ΔAPD ≅ ΔCQB
(SAS congruence criterion)
(ii) ⇒ AP = CQ (CPCT)
(iii) Similarly, we can prove that
ΔAQB ≅ ΔCPD.
In ΔABD, ∠BAD = 60° (Given) (iv) ⇒ AQ = CP (CPCT)

Q U A D R I L A T E R A L S 21
(v) Now, we have AP = CQ ⇒ ∠7 = 180° – 90°
and AQ = CP [Using (iii)]
⇒ APCQ is a parallelogram. ⇒ ∠CPD = 90°.
5. Since the diagonals of a parallelogram
WORKSHEET – 15 bisect each other. Therefore, O is the
mid-point of AC and BD.
1. (D) In ΔPQR,
∴ OC = 1 AC = 1 × 12.8 cm = 6.4 cm.
30° + 60° + ∠PQR = 180° (ASP) 2 2
⇒ ∠PQR = 90° and OD = 1 BD = 1 × 7.6 cm = 3.8 cm.
As PQ || SR and PQ = SR 2 2
∴ PQRS is a ||gm 6. Let line l || AB and passes through E
and meets BD in G.
⇒ ∠PSR = ∠PQR
In ΔABD, E is the mid-point of AD and
(Opposite angles of a ||gm)
EG || AB.
= 90°.
2. Sum of adjacent angles of a paralle-
logram is 180°.
∠A + ∠B = 180°
∴ G is the mid-point of BD.
⇒ ∠B = 180° – ∠A
(Converse of Mid-point theorem)
= 180° – 100° l || AB and AB || CD.
= 80°. ∴ l || CD.
3. No In ΔBCD, G is the mid-point of BD and
4. AB = 2AD ⇒ 2AP = 2AD GF || DC
(Q AP = BP) F is the mid-point of BC.
⇒ AP = AD ⇒ ∠2 = ∠3 ...(i) 7. ABCD is a rectangle
⇒ AC = BD (Diagonals of a rectangle
are equal and bisect each other)
1
⇒ AC = 1 BD ⇒ OA = OD
2 2
⇒ ∠ODA = ∠OAD = x (say)
In ΔOAD,
Similarly, ∠4 = ∠5 ...(ii) x + x + ∠AOD = 180°
Now, (∠1 + ∠2 + ∠3) + (∠4 + ∠5 + ∠6) (ASP)
= 180° + 180° (ASP) ⇒ 2x + 40° = 180°
⇒ ∠1 + ∠6 + 2∠3 + 2∠5 = 360° (Q ∠AOD = ∠BOC,
[Using (i) and (ii)] vertically opposite angles)

⇒ 2(∠3 + ∠5) = 360° – 180° = 180° 180o – 40o


⇒ x=
(Q ∠1 + ∠6 = 180°) 2
⇒ ∠3 + ∠5 = 90° ... (iii) ⇒ x = 70°.
i.e., ∠OAD = 70°.
Further, ∠3 + ∠5 + ∠7 = 180°
(Angles at a point on the same 8. (i) In ΔDAC, S and R are the mid-points
side of the line) of the sides DA and DC respectively.

22 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
1
⇒ SR || AC and SR = AC
2
(Mid-point theorem)
(ii) In ΔBAC, we have
1
PQ || AC and PQ = AC.
2
¨ 1 · Similarly, ∠2 = ∠4 (Q BP = BQ)
We have PQ = SR ©Each is AC¸
Also, ∠1 + ∠3 = 180° – ∠A
ª 2 ¹
i.e., 2∠1 = 180° – ∠A ...(v)
Similarly, 2∠2 = 180° – ∠B ...(vi)
Adding (v) and (vi), we get
2(∠1 + ∠2) = 360° – (∠A + ∠B)
⇒ 2(180° – ∠P) = 360° – 180°
(Q ∠A + ∠B = 180°)
(iii) We have proved in (i) and (ii) that 180o
⇒ ∠180° – ∠P = = 90°
PQ || AC, SR || AC 2
⇒ ∠P = 90°
⇒ PQ || SR ...(i)
(Each parallel to AC) Therefore, PQRS is a rectangle.
1
Also, PQ = AC WORKSHEET – 16
2
1 1. (A) In a parallelogram, sum of a pair of
SR = AC adjacent angles is 180°.
2
∴ ∠A + ∠D = 180°
⇒ PQ = SR ...(ii)
⇒ ∠A = 180° – 120°
From (i) and (ii),
= 60°.
⇒ PQRS is a parallelogram.
9. Join AC. In ΔDAC, S and R are the mid- 2. In ||gm ABCD, AC = BD (Given)
points of the sides DA and DC respectively ⇒ ΔADB ≅ ΔBCA (By SSS)
1 [Q AB = AB (Common)
⇒ SR || AC and SR = AC ...(i)
2 AD = BC
(Mid-point theorem) BD = AC (Opposite sides of
Similarly, in ΔBAC, we have parallelogram are equal)]
1 ⇒ ∠DAB = ∠CBA ...(i) (CPCT)
PQ || AC and PQ = AC ...(ii)
2
From equations (i) and (ii), we have
PQ || SR and PQ = SR ...(iii)
Similarly, we can prove that
PS || QR and PS = QR ...(iv)
From relations (iii) and (iv), we obtain
that PQRS is a parallelogram. But, ∠DAB + ∠CBA = 180° ...(ii)
In ΔAPS, AP = AS ⇒ ∠DAB = ∠CBA = 90° (Each 90°)
⇒ ∠3 = ∠1 From (i) and (ii)

Q U A D R I L A T E R A L S 23
⇒ Parallelogram with one angle 90° is CM = AM ...(i) (CPCT)
rectangle. 1
Also, AM = AB ...(ii)
3. Let the required angles be 3x, 5x, 9x, 2
13x. (Given: M is the mid-point of AB)
3x + 5x + 9x + 13x = 360° From (i) and (ii),
(ASP of a quadrilateral) 1
⇒ CM = MA = AB.
⇒ 30x = 360° 2
⇒ x = 12° 9. ∠DAB = ∠DCB
∴ 3x = 36°, 5x = 60°, 9x = 108°, (Opposite angles of a parallelogram)
13x = 156°.

DAB =
DCB
4. x + y + ∠BCD + ∠BAD = 360° 2 2
(ASP for quadrilateral) ⇒ ∠FAE = ∠FCE
(Q AF and CE bisect ∠A
and ∠C respectively
= ∠CEB
(Q Alternate interior angle)
⇒ Corresponding angles are equal
⇒ x + y + 180° – a + 180° – b = 360° AF || CE
⇒ x + y = a + b. Also, AE || CF (Q AB || CD)
5. (i) True (ii) False
6. (i) False (ii) False
7. (i) congruent (ii) rhombus
  
(iii) rhombus (iv) square
(v) isosceles (vi) bisects
8. (i) Through M, mid-point of AB, we draw ⇒ AECF is a parallelogram
line l || BC, l intersects AC at D. ⇒ AF || EC
⇒ D is the mid-point of AC. Now, in ΔDQC, F is the mid-point of DC.
(ii) As MD || BC and AC is transversal, and FP || CQ (... AF || EC)
∠ADM = ∠ACB = 90° ⇒ P is mid-point of DQ
(Corresponding angles) ⇒ DP = PQ ...(iii)
⇒ MD ⊥ AC. Similarly, BQ = PQ ...(iv)
From (iii) and (iv)
DP = PQ = BQ
Hence, AF and EC trisect the diagonal BD.

ASSESSMENT SHEET – 3
1. (D) All four sides are equal so it is a
(iii) In ΔCMD and ΔAMD,
rhombus.
CD = AD,
Since parallelogram with one angle 90°
∠CDM = ∠ADM (Each = 90°) is rectangle.
and MD = MD Rhombus and rectangle both together
Therefore, ΔCMD ≅ ΔAMD (ASA) form a square.

24 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
2. At least one pair of opposite sides of a Here, ∠BCA = ∠DAC ...(ii)
trapezium is parallel. (Pair of alternate angles)
3. No From (i) and (ii), ∠BAC = ∠BCA.
4. Given: PQRS is a quadrilateral Also, ∠BAC = ∠DCA (Alternate angles)
OP = OR and OQ = OS ⇒ ∠BCA = ∠DCA
⇒ AC bisects ∠C
(ii) BC = AB.
(Sides opposite to equal angles
of a triangle are equal)
Further, AB = CD
To prove: PQRS is a parallelogram BC = AD
Proof: In ΔPOQ and ΔROS, (Opposite sides of
OP = OR (Given) a parallelogram)
∠1 = ∠2 ⇒ AB = BC = CD = AD
(Vertically opposite angles)
⇒ ABCD is a rhombus.
OQ = OS (Given)
8. See Worksheet-12, Sol-8.
Using SAS congruence rule,
9. Let ABCD be a square.
ΔPOQ ≅ ΔROS
Join AC and BD.
⇒ PQ = RS ...(i) (CPCT)
∠A = ∠B = ∠C = ∠D = 90°
Similarly, ΔQOR ≅ ΔSOP
(Angles of a square)
⇒ PS = QR ...(ii) (CPCT)
From (i) and (ii),
Quadrilateral PQRS is a parallelogram.
(Q Quadrilateral with both pairs of
opposite sides is a parallelogram)
5. In ΔAPB and ΔCQD,
∠1 = ∠2 = 90° (Given) ⇒ ΔDAB is a right triangle.
∠3 = ∠4 (Alternate angles) BD2 = AD2 + AB2
and AB = CD (Using Pythagoras Theorem)
(Opposite sides of a parallelogram) = AB2 + AB2 (... AD = AB)
= 2AB 2 ...(i)
(All sides of a square are equal)
Similarly, AC2 = 2AB2 ...(ii)
Thus 2
BD = AC 2

⇒ BD = AC ...(iii)
⇒ ΔAPB ≅ ΔCQD
[From (i) and (ii)]
(By AAS congruence criterion)
As ABCD is a parallelogram, the
⇒ AP = CQ. (CPCT) diagonals AC and BD bisect each other,
6. (i) False (ii) True (iii) False (iv) True 1
OA = OC = AC ...(iv)
7. (i) ABCD is a parallelogram. Diagonal 2
AC bisects ∠A. 1
OB = OD = BD ...(v)
∠BAC = ∠DAC (Given) ...(i) 2

Q U A D R I L A T E R A L S 25
From (iii), (iv) and (v), we get Hence the required angles are 30°, 150°,
OA = OB = OC = OD ...(vi) 30°, 150°.
In ΔAOB and ΔAOD, 5. (i) True (ii) True (iii) True
(iv) False
AB = AD
OA = OA (Common) 6. See Worksheet-13, Sol-7.
OB = OD (Proved above) 7. Through A, draw a line parallel to CB
⇒ ΔAOB ≅ ΔAOD intersecting CD produced at E.
(Using SSS congruence rule) AB || DC (Given)
∠AOB = ∠AOD ...(vii) (CPCT) CB || EA (by const.)
Also, ∠AOB + ∠AOD = 180° ...(viii)
∴ ABCE is a parallelogram.
(Linear pair)
Now, AE = BC
⇒ ∠AOB + ∠AOB = ∠AOD + ∠AOD
= 180° (Opposite sides of a parallelogram)
From (vii) and (viii), we get
⇒ 2∠AOB = 2∠AOD = 180°
⇒ ∠AOB = ∠AOD = 90° ...(ix)
From (iii), (vi) and (ix), we obtain AC
and BD are equal and bisect each other
at right angles. AD = BC (Given)
∴ AE = AD
ASSESSMENT SHEET– 4 ⇒ ∠2 = ∠3 ...(i)
(Angles opposite to equal sides
1. (C) Let ∠Q = 2x, ∠R = 3x and ∠S = 7x; of a triangle are equal)
then ∠3 + ∠4 = 180° ... (ii)
60° + 2x + 3x + 7x = 360° (Linear pair)
⇒ 12x = 300° ⇒ x = 25° ∠2 + ∠1 = 180° ...(iii)
∴ ∠S = 7x = 175° (Adjacent angles of a ||gm)
From (ii) and (iii),
2. In the given figure, RS || UT. And no
other pair is parallel. ∠2 + ∠1 = ∠3 + ∠4 ...(iv)
[Q ∠2 = ∠3]
Hence, only one pair is
Hence, from (iv), ∠1 = ∠4.
parallel.
8. (i) Let the mid-points of AB, BC, CD and
3. The adjoining figure is none
DA be P, Q, R and S respectively.
of quadrilateral, parallelo-
gram and rhombus. Let AB = a and BC = b
a
∴ BP = AP = CR = DR =
2

4. Since opposite angles of a parallelogram


are equal
∴ 5x – 20 = 70 – 4x
⇒ 9x = 90 ⇒ x = 10°
So, the given angles are
(5 × 10 – 20)° = 30°,
b
70°– 4 × 10° = 30°, and BQ = CQ = AS = DS =
2
and 180° – 30° = 150°

26 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
In right ΔBPQ, 4. Given: A quadrilateral ABCD with
a2
b 2 2
a b 2 ∠A + ∠C = 180°
PQ2 = BP2 + BQ2 = 
4 4 4 To prove: ∠B + ∠D = 180°
1 Proof: In quadrilateral ABCD,
⇒ PQ = 2 2
2 a b ∠A + ∠C + ∠B + ∠D = 360°
Similarly, we can find
(ASP of a quadrilateral)
1 ⇒ 180° + ∠B + ∠D = 360°
RQ = SR = PS = 2 2
2 a b ⇒ ∠B + ∠D = 180°.
Therefore, PQ = QR = RS = SP
5. Let given angles be 5x and 4x.
⇒ PQRS is a rhombus
Since adjacent angles of a parallelogram
(ii) Pythagoras theorem (Geometry).
are supplementary
(iii) Self-reliance, Industrious.
∴ 5x + 4x = 180°
9. (i) In ΔABC and ΔADC,
⇒ 9x = 180° ⇒ x = 20°
∠1 = ∠2 (AC bisects ∠A) Therefore, angles are 100°, 80°, 100°,
AC = AC (Common side) 80°.
∠3 = ∠4 (AC bisects ∠C) 6. Since ABCD is a rectangle.
⇒ ∠ABC = 90°
(Each angle of a
rectangle is 90°)
⇒ ∠ABD + ∠DBC = ∠ABC
⇒ ∠48° + ∠DBC = 90°
⇒ ∠DBC = 90° – 48° = 42°.
∴ ΔABC ≅ ΔADC (Using ASA)
7. Q ABCD is a parallelogram.
⇒ AB = AD (CPCT)
Also, AB = CD and AD = BC ∴ AD || BC
(Q Opposite sides of a rectangle) Now, AD || BC and AP is transversal
⇒ AB = BC = CD = AD AP intersects them at A and P.
Hence, ABCD is a square. ∠DAP = ∠APB ...(i) (Alternate angles)
(ii) Join BD. In ΔABD, AB = AD ∠DAP = ∠PAB ...(ii) (AP bisects ∠A)
⇒ ∠5 = ∠7 ...(i) From (i) and (ii), we get
Also, ∠5 = ∠8 ...(ii) ∠PAB = ∠APB
(Alternate angles)
⇒ BP = AB
and ∠7 = ∠6 (Alternate angles)
(Sides opposite to
⇒ ∠5 = ∠6 and ∠7 = ∠8
Hence, BD bisects ∠B and ∠D. equal angles)
1
CHAPTER TEST ⇒ BC = AB
2
1. (D) ⇒ BC = 2AB
2. False ⇒ AD = 2AB. (Q BC = AD)
3. If both pairs of opposites sides of a 8. (i) Let x be the constant of proportionality
quadrilateral are equal, then it must be So, the number of toffees on the eldest
a parallelogram. The quadrilateral may son to the youngest one as 6x, 5x, 4x and
be rectangle, rhombus or square. 3x respectively.

Q U A D R I L A T E R A L S 27
According to the given condition, we must As S is the mid-point of AD,
have 6x + 5x + 4x+ 3x = 360° AS = SD ...(ii)
Because sum of all interior angles of a
trapezium (or quadrilateral) is 360°. In ΔAPS and ΔDRS,
AP = DR [From (i)]
360q
18x = 360° ⇒ x = = 20° ∠PAS = ∠RDS (Each 90°)
18
AS = SD [From (ii)]
∴ 6x = 6 × 20° = 120°
⇒ ΔAPS ≅ ΔDRS
5x = 5 × 20° = 100°
4x = 4 × 20° = 80° (SAS criterion of congruence)
3x = 3 × 20° = 60°
Therefore, the number of toffees on the
sons were 120°, 100°, 80° and 60° in the
given order.
60q 1
(ii) Required ratio = =
120q 2
i.e., 1 : 2.
(iii) Angle sum property of a quadrilateral. ⇒ PS = RS ...(iii) (CPCT)
(iv) Love for sons. Similarly, we can prove that
9. In rectangle ABCD, PQ = RQ, SP = QP and QR = SR
⇒ AB = CD ...(iv)
1 1 Using equations (iii) and (iv), we
⇒ AB = CD
2 2 conclude that
⇒ AP = DR ...(i) PQ= QR = RS = SP
(P and R are the mid-points of AB ⇒ PQRS is a rhombus.
and CD respectively)
qq

28 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
Chapter

3 AREAS OF PARALLELOGRAMS AND TRIANGLES

WORKSHEET – 21 Þ AB × 8 = AD × h
Þ 12 × 8 = 10 × h
1. (C) DC = AB = 15 cm Þ h=
12 s 8
10
= 9.6 cm.
AD × CF = DC × AE
Þ AD × 10 = 15 × 8 7. |
Area of gm ABCD = AB × DM ... (i)
|
Also, area of gm ABCD = BC × DN ... (ii)
Þ AD = 120
10
= 12 cm. From (i) and (ii), we have
AB × DM = BC × DN
2. Area of the parallelogram remains same
from both the following manners. Þ 8 × 6.6 = BC × 4.8

Þ
AD × BN = AB × DM
AD × 11 = 12 × 9
Þ BC =
8 s 6.6
4.8

Þ 12 s 9
AD =
11
=
Now, perimeter =
11 cm.
2 (AB + BC)
108 = 2 (8 + 11)
= cm.
11 = 38 cm.
D
3. In option (a), PDC and trapezium |
8. Draw LM AB, passing through P.
ABCD have a common base CD and
two parallels AB and DC.
D
(i) ar( APB) + ar( PCD)D
1 1
In option (b), trapeziums APCD and = ar(ALMB) + ar(LMCD)
2 2
ABQD have a common base AD and
two parallels AD and BQ.
D
(Q APB and parallelogram ABML
have same base AB and are between
4. Parallelogram PQRS ||
same parallels AB LM. Also PCD and D
and triangle BRS lie parallelogram LMCD have same base
on the same base SR DC and are between same parallels
and between same |
DC LM).
parallels PQ and SR. 1
Also parallelogram = ar(ABCD) ... (i)
D
PBCS and EBC lie on the same base BC 2
and between same parallels PS and BC.
5. AD × CF = CD × AE
Þ AD × 10 = 16 × 8
(Q AB = CD = 16 cm)
Þ AD = 12.8 cm. D
(ii) Similarly, ar( APD) + ar( PBC) D
6. Let h be the length of altitude corre- 1
= ar(ABCD) ...(ii)
sponding to AD. 2
Area of a parallelogram From (i) and (ii),
= Base × corresponding D
ar( APB) + ar( PCD)D
altitude D
= ar( APD) + ar( PBC). D
A R E A S O F P A R A L L E L O G R A M S … 29
9. From figure, transversal DB is intersect-
ing a pair of lines DC and AB such that Þ ar(%PRS) ar(%PQS)
ar(%PQS)
=2
Ð Ð
CDB = ABD = 90°
Þ |
DC AB Þ ar(%QRP)
ar(%PQS)
=2
(A pair of alternate
angles is equal, then
Þ D D
ar( PQS) : ar( QRP) = 1 : 2.

corresponding lines 3. Let height of the triangle be h inches.


are parallel)
Also, DC = AB = 2.5 units.
Therefore, quadrilateral ABCD is a
parallelogram.
(If a pair of opposite sides of a
quadrilateral is parallel and equal, then
the quadrilateral is a parallelogram) Area of the trapezium
Now, area of parallelogram ABCD = Area of the triangle
= base × corresponding altitude Þ 1
2
× (AB + CD) × h =
1
2
× 18 × h
= 2.5 × 4 = 10 sq. units.
Þ AB + CD = 18 inches.
WORKSHEET – 22 4. As parallelograms

^
1. (A) Draw AM BC to intersect BC at M.
ABRS and PQRS are
on the same base SR
Let BD = mx and DC = nx and between the
same parallels AQ
and SR,
ar(ABRS) = ar(PQRS) ... (i)
As parallelogram ABRS and triangle
AXS are on the same base AS and
Now, D
area of ABD : area of ACD D between the same parallels BR and AS,
ar(ABRS) = 2 ar(AXS) ... (ii)
Þ 1
2
× BD × AM :
1
2
× DC × AM Using equations (i) and (ii), we get
ar(PQRS) : ar(AXS) : ar(ABRS)
Þ 1
2
1
× mx × AM : × nx × AM
2
= 2 : 1 : 2.

Þ m : n.
5. Parallelograms
ABCD and BPQR
2. We know that a median of a triangle are on equal
divides it into two triangles of equal areas. bases (AB = BP)
\ D D
ar( PQS) = ar( PRS) and between the

Þ ar(%PRS) same parallels


=1 AP and CR.
ar(%PQS)
Adding 1 to both sides,
|
Therefore, ar( gm ABCD) = ar( | gm BPQR).
we get 6. The field is divided into three parts.
ar(%PRS)
D D
The parts are APS, APQ and AQR. D
ar(%PQS)
+1 = 1+1
D
We have ar( APQ) =
1
2
ar(PQRS)

30 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get
D
ar( ABD) – ar( BDE) D
D
= ar( ACD) – ar( CDE) D
Þ D
ar( ABE) = ar( ACE). D
Hence proved.
D
Therefore, ar( APS) + ar( AQR) D 8. Diagonals of rhombus are perpendicular
D
= ar( APQ) =
1
2
ar(PQRS)
bisector of each other
Þÿÿ ^
AO BD, CO BD ^
D
She can sow wheat in APQ and pulses
D D
in APS and AQR or vice versa.
7. AD is the median of DABC

Þ ar(DABD) = 12 ar(DABC) ...(i)


D
ar(ABCD) = ar( ABD) + ar( BCD) D
BE is the median of the DABD 1 1
= BD × AO + × BD × CO
Þ ar(DBED) = 12 ar(DABD) ...(ii)
2
1
2
1
= BD (AO + CO) = × BD × AC
2 2
Hence proved.
D D
9. ar( ABC) = ar( ADC) ...(i)
(A diagonal of a gm|divides it into two
triangles of equal areas)
O is the mid-point of AC and BD both.
From (i) and (ii), we get (Diagonals of a parallelogram
bisect each other)
D 1 ⎛1 ⎞
ar(ΔABC) ⎟ BO is median of ABC D
Þ D D
ar( BED) = ⎜
2 ⎝2 ⎠ ar( AOB) = ar( BOC)

=
1
D
ar( ABC). =
1
2
ar( ABC) D ...(ii)
4
Hence proved. DO is median of ADC D
OR D
and ar( AOD) = ar( COD) D
AD is the median of the ABC. D 1
= ar( ACD) D ...(iii)
\ D
ar( ABD) = ar( ACD) D ...(i)
2
D
and D
ar( BDE) = ar( CDE) D...(ii)
(Median of a , divides it in two

(Q DE is median of EBC) D triangles equal in area)

(Median of a triangle divides it into two


triangles of equal areas)

From (i), (ii) and (iii), we get


D
ar( AOB) = ar( BOC) D
D
= ar( COD) = ar( AOD). D
Hence proved.

A R E A S O F P A R A L L E L O G R A M S … 31
WORKSHEET– 23 DF =
1 1
× DC = × 30 = 15 cm
2 2
D
1. (C) ECD and square Also, AE = DF = 15 cm
ABCD are on the same
20
base DC and between the Similarly, DG = AG = = 10 cm
same parallels AB and 2
CD.
D
ar( DFG) =
1
2
× DF × DG

\ Area of ECD = D 1
2
ar(square ABCD) =
1
2
× 15 × 10 = 75 cm2

ÿ=
1
2
× x2 square units.
D
ar( AGE) =
1
× AE × AG
2
2. ar(PQRS) = PQ × SL
Þ 156 = 13 × SL
1
2
× 15 × 10 = 75 cm2
=

Þ SL =
156
Now, ar(GEBCF) = ar(rectangle ABCD)

=
13
12 cm.
D
– ar( DFG) – ar( AGE) D
= 600 – 75 – 75
3. ar(rectangle) = 10 × 18 = 180 cm2
D
Since EDC and
A
18 cm
E B 5.
= 450 cm2.
CO = DO
rectangle ABCD
are on the same Þ AO is a median of DACD
base DC and 10 cm Þ ar(DAOC) = ar(DAOD) ... (i)
between the Similarly, ar(DBOC) = ar(DBOD) ... (ii)
same parallels D
D
C
AB and DC, so ar( EDC) is half
ar(rectangle ABCD).
Now, ar(unshaded region)
= ar(rectangle ABCD) – ar( EDC) D
= ar(rectangle ABCD)
1
– ar(rectangle ABCD)
2
Adding (i) and (ii), we have
D D
1
= ar(rectangle ABCD) ar( AOC) + ar( BOC)
D D
2
= ar( AOD) + ar( BOD)
Þ D D
1
= × AB × BC
2 ar( ABC) = ar( ABD)
1 Hence proved.
= × 180 = 90 cm2.
2 D D
6. (i) Since ACB and ACF lie on the
4. ar(rectangle ABCD) same base AC and between the same
= DC × AD = 30 × 20 = 600 cm2 parallels AC and BF.
D F C

A E B

32 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
\ ar(ACB) = ar(ACF) D
= ar( DCE) = ar( AEF) D
(Triangles on the same base and between
same parallels are equal in area) =
1
4
ar( ABC) D
(ii) Adding ar(ACDE) to both sides, we get
ar(ACDE) + ar(ACB)
D 1
i.e., ar( DEF) = ar( ABC).
4
D
= ar(ACDE) + ar(ACF) (iii) Now,
Þ ar(ABCDE) = ar(AEDF). D
ar(BDEF) = ar( BDF) + ar( DEF) D
Hence proved. 1
D 1
= ar( ABC) + ar( ABC) D
D 1
7. ar( EBC) = ar( gm EBCY) | ...(i) 4 4

and ar( BCF) =


2
D1
ar( gm FCBX) ...(ii) |
1
D
= ar( ABC).
2
2
(Triangles on the same base and between 9. (i) We are given that
same parallels are equal in area)
|
OB = OD ...(i)
But gm EBCY
|
and gm FCBX
and AB = CD
^
We draw BL OC and DM ^ OA.
...(ii)

are on the same


base BC and
between the
same parallels
BC and EF
\ |
ar( gm EBCY) = ar( gm FCBX) ...(iii) |
From (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
D D D D
In OLB and OMD, we have
ar( EBC) = ar( FCB).
Hence proved.
ÐLOB = MOD Ð
(Vertically opposite angles)
8. (i) Here, FE BC and DE BA. | | ÐOLB = OMD Ð (Each 90°)
Þ FE = BD = DC.
D
OB = OD
OLB @D
OMD
[By (i)]
(Mid-point theorem)
Þ |
FE BD and DE BF. | Þ
(AAS congruence)
Þ BDEF is a parallelogram.
and
OL = OM
BL = DM
..(iii) (CPCT)
...(iv)
D D
In ALB and CMD, we have
ÐALB = CMD Ð (Each 90°)
AB = CD [By (ii)]
BL = DM [By (iv)]
Then by RHS congruence criterion, we
have
D D D DALB @ÿD
CMD
(ii) FBD, EDC and DEF are on equal
bases and between the same parallels Þ AL = CM ...(v)
because FE BC. | Then from (iii) and (v), we have
Þ FE = BD = DC. OA = OC ...(vi)
Þ D
ar( FBD) = ar( EDC) = ar( DEF) D D From (iv) and (vi),
Similarly, OA × BL = OC × DM
D
ar( DCE) = ar( FEA) = ar( DEF) D D Þ 1 1
Þ D D
OA × BL = OC × DM
ar( DEF) = ar( FBD) 2 2

A R E A S O F P A R A L L E L O G R A M S … 33
Þ DAOB) = ar(DDOC)
ar(
DDOC) = ar(DAOB).
or ar(
DDOC) = ar(DAOB)
(ii) ar(
Þ DDOC) + ar(DCOB)
ar(
= ar(DAOB) + ar(DCOB)
Þ ar(DDCB) = ar(DACB).
Hence proved. Triangle APQ and parallelogram RPQS
are on the same base PQ and between
WORKSHEET – 24 the same parallels AD and BC.

1. (D) As parallelogram \ ar(APQ) = 12 ar(RPQS)


ABCD and triangle
ABC are on the same 1 1
base AB and between = × ar(ABCD)
2 3
the same parallels AB
and CD 1
= ar(ABCD).
ar(ABCD) = 2 ar( ABC) D 6

Þ ar (ABCD)
ar(%ABC)
=
2
1
4. BD = AB2 + AD2

Þ D
ar(ABCD) : ar( ABC) = 2 : 1. = 42 + 32
2. ar(DACP) = ar(DABC) ... (i) = 16 + 9
(Ds are on same
base AC and = 25
between same = 5 units.
parallels AC
Let BE be y
and BP)
Þ DF = y (Q Opposite sides
D D
Now, ar( ADP) = ar( ADC) + ar( ACP) D of rectangle are equal)
D
= ar( ADC) + ar( ABC) D D
In right DFC,
[From (i)] FC = 16 – y2
= ar( , ABCD).
(Pythagoras theorem)
3. In parallelogram ABCD, D
In right BCE,
BP = PQ = QC
In quadrilateral ABPR, PR AB and || CE = 9 – y2

BP AR || (Pythagoras theorem)
\ BP = AR FE = BD = 5 units ...(i)
Similarly, PQ = RS and QC = SD Also, FE = FC + CE
Consequently, we have = 16 – y2 + 9 – y2 ...(ii)
ar(ABPR) = ar(RPQS) = ar(SQCD)
(Q Parallelograms with equal base 16 – y2 + 9 – y2 = 5
and between same parallels) [From (i) and (ii)]
1
So, ar(RPQS) = ar(ABCD) 16 – y2 = 5 – 9 – y2
3

34 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
Squaring both sides, \ ar(DABQ) = ar(DPQB) ... (i)
16 – y2 = 25 + 9 – y2 – 10 9 – y2 Similarly, BQ |ÿ| CR and DCBQ and DRQB
lie on same base BQ and between same
(Using (a – b)2 = a2 + b2 – 2ab) parallel lines BQ and CR
10 9 – y2 = 18 Þ
5 9 – y2 = 9 \ÿÿ D D
ar( CBQ) = ar( RQB) ... (ii)
Adding (i) and (ii), we have
D D
Squaring both sides, we get
25(9 – y2) = 81 ar( ABQ) + ar( CBQ)
D
= ar( PQB) + ar( RQB) D
225 – 81 = 25y2
144 = 25y2
Þ D D
ar( AQC) = ar( PBR).

12 D D
8. Since, ar( AOD) = ar( BOC) (Given)
y = p
5
12
=
5
(Q Length cannot be negative) D
Adding ar( COD) to both sides, we get
Area of DBEF= DB × BE D D
ar( AOD) + ar( COD)
12 D D
= ar( BOC) + ar( COD)
= 5×
5
= 12 unit2.
Þ Dar( ADC) = ar(BCD)
D D
5. DBC and EBC have equal areas and But these are the triangles lying on the
same base BC and vertices lie on same same base DC and are equal in areas.
side of base BC. So, the line joining their vertices A and
\ The two triangles ||
B is parallel to DC, i.e., AB DC
are between the Here, one of the pairs of opposite sides of
same parallels. quadrilateral ABCD is parallel (AB DC) |
Þÿ |
DE BC Þ Quadrilateral ABCD is a trapezium.
D
6. Hint: ar( ABD) = ar( ABC). Why?D 9. In figure, AB (produced) and AC (produced)
D
ar( ABD) – ar( AOB) D meet XY at G and H respectively.
D
= ar( ABC) – ar( AOB).D Now, BGFC and BEHC are parallelograms.

7. We have, AP BQ | (Given)
D D
Now, ABQ and PQB have same base
BQ and lie between same parallel lines

Þ
AP and BQ.
BC = GF and BC = EH
Þ GF = EH
Þ GF – EF = EH – EF
Þ GE = FH
Þ D D
ar( BGE) = ar( CFH) ...(i)
Also, we find that
D D
ar( AGE) = ar( AHF) ...(ii)

A R E A S O F P A R A L L E L O G R A M S … 35
Subtracting (i) from (ii), we have 4. CP is a median of DABC,
ar(DABE) = ar(DACF). as P is the mid-point of the side AB.
Hence proved. 1
Þ ar(DAPC) = ar(DBCP) = ar(DABC)
2
WORKSHEET– 25 As parallelogram ABCD
and triangle ABC are on
1. (C) As DABC and DAEC are on the same the same base AB and
base AC and between the same parallels between the same
AC and BE, parallels AB and CD,
ar(ABCD) = 2 ar(DABC)
Þ ar(APCD) + ar(DPBC)
= 2 ar(D ABC)
Þ ar(APCD) = 2ar(DABC)
1
\ ar(DABC) = ar(DACE) – ar(DABC)
2
Þ ar(DOAB) + ar(DAOC) = ar(DOCE) 3
+ ar(DAOC) Þ 36 = ar(DABC)
Þ ar(DOAB) = ar(DOCE). 2
2. As AF = FB and AE = EC, FE || BC
Þ ar(DABC) = 24 cm2.
or FE || BD or FE || DC 1
5. ar(DABD) = ar(DABC).
2
(Median of a triangle divides it
into two triangles equal in areas)
1
Þ x = y
Consequently, we get 2
ar(DAFE) = ar(DBDF) = ar(CDE) Þ 2x – y = 0.
= ar(DDEF). 6. (i) parallels
28 (ii) corresponding altitude
= = 7 cm2 7. (i) equal (ii) area
4
\ ar(AEDF) = 14 cm2. (iii) one diagonal, other diagonal
8. (i) We know that a median of a triangle
3. ar(PQRS) = PQ × SL ...(i)
divides it into two triangles of equal
Also, ar(PQRS) = RQ × SM ...(ii) areas. CD is the median of DABC.
Q ar (DACD) = ar (DBCD) = 400 m2
…(i)
Also, M divides CD in 1 : 1
\ CM = DM
Þ AM is the median of DACD
\ ar(DAMD) = ar(DAMC)
1 1
From (i) and (ii), we get = ar(DACD) = × 400 = 200 m2
2 2
RQ × SM = PQ × SL
[Using (i)]
Þ 8 × SM = 12 × 6
\ Area of Ramdin’s field = 200 m2
(Q RQ = SP = 8 cm)
Area of Rohit Kapoor’s field
Þ SM = 9 cm.
= (400 + 200) m2 = 600 m2.
36 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
(ii) A median of a triangle divides it into D
In AEC, ED is median
two triangles equal in areas (Geom- [Q D mid-point of AC (Given)]
etry). D D
ar( AED) = ar( DEC) ...(ii)
(iii) Honesty, Rationality i.e., able to From (i) and (ii),
reason and form judgements. D D
ar( AED) = ar( BDE) = 12
9. Draw AD BC ^ D D
ar( AEC) = ar( ADE) + ar( DEC) D
AD is perpendicular = 12 + 12 = 24 cm2.
bisector of BC. 4. Given: ABCD is a rhombus with
Þ BD = CD =
a
2
AC = 16 cm, BD = 12 cm and P,Q,R,S
are the mid-points of the sides AB, BC,
Ð
and ADB = ADC = 90° Ð CD and DA respectively.

ar(ADB) = ar(ADC) =
1
D
ar( ABC)
To find: area of the quadrilateral
PQRS.
D
2

Þ D
1 1 In ABD, S is
BD × AD = ar( ABC) mid-point of AD and
2 2
D
In ADB, P is mid-point of AB.
AB2 = AD2 + BD2 Þ SP BD |
(Using Pythagoras theorem) 1
and SP = BD
Þ
2 2
a
a2 = AD2 + ¥¦ ´µ (Q Mid-point theorem)
§ 2¶
= 6 cm.
Þ a2 –
a2
= AD2 D
In BCD,
4 R is mid-point of DC and Q is mid-point
Þ AD2 =
4 a2 – a2
=
3a 2
4
of BC.

Þ |
4 1
RQ BD and RQ = BD = 6 cm.
Þ AD =
3a
| |
2
ÿÞ |
Þ D
2
ar( ABC) = 2 ar( ADB)D SP BD and RQ BD
Also, SP = RQ = 6 cm
SP RQ

1
=2× × ×
2 2
a 3a
2
Þ SPQR is a parallelogram
1
3 2 Similarly, PQ = SR = AC = 8 cm
2
| Þ |
= a sq. units.
4 Now, BD SP SN OM
AC RS | Þ
ON MS |
ASSESSMENT SHEET – 5 Þ NOMS is a parallelogram
1. (D) Ð
AOD = 90°
(Q Diagonals of parallelogram
2. The median of a triangle divides it into
bisect at right angle)
Þ Ð
two triangles of equal areas.
MSN = 90°
3. Join AE
D
In BDC, DE median
Þ
(Q NOMS is parallelogram)
SPQR is a rectangle
(Q E mid-point of BC)
\ Area of SPQR = SP × QP
= 6 × 8 = 48 cm2.
D D
ar( DEC) = ar( BDE) = 12 cm ...(i) 5. See Worksheet-25, Sol-5.

A R E A S O F P A R A L L E L O G R A M S … 37
6. (i) False (ii) True ASSESSMENT SHEET – 6
7. Let side of a rhombus be a units.
So AC = a |
1. (C) As AQ SC and AS CQ, |
The diagonals of a
rhombus bisect each
\ AS = CQ ... (i)
other at right angle
\ OA = a.
1
2
So, by Pythagoras theorem,
\ OB = AB2 – OA 2 Now, area of parallelogram PQRS
= SR × CQ = SR × SA. [From (i)]
2 3a
a = 2. If a triangle and a parallelogram are on
= a2 –
4 2 the same base and between the same
parallels, then the area of the triangle is
\ BD = 2 × 3a
half the area of the parallelogram.

Þ BD : AC =
2
3 a : a or
\ ar(triangle) : ar(parallelogram)
3 : 1. = 1 : 2.
8. ar(ABCD) = 162 cm2 ... (i)
3. As AP = 4 cm, AS = 3 cm
\ SP = 4 2 32 = 5 cm

Let AP = x cm and BP = 2x cm
Let altitude of the parallelogram corres-
ponding to the base AB = h cm
Using equation (i), we have Similarly, PQ = RQ = SR = 5 cm
3x × h = 162 Therefore, PQRS is a rhombus.
D
Further, ar( APD) =
1
2
x×h Now, SQ = DC = 8 cm
And RP = DA = 6 cm
1 162
= x×
2 3x
= 27 cm2.
\ ar(PQRS) =
1
× 8 × 6 = 24 cm2.
D
9. (i) In ABD, BP = DP
2
4. Perimeter of rectangle ABEF
Þ AP is the median of ABD D = 2 (AB + AF)
\ Dar ( ABP) = ar ( ADP) D …(i)
D
Perimeter of parallelogram ABCD
Similarly in BCD,
D
ar( BCP) = ar( DCP) D …(ii)
= 2 (AB + AD)

Adding (i) and (ii), we have


D
ar( ABP) + ar( BCP) D
D
= ar( ADP) + ar( DCP) D
Þ D
ar( ABC) = ar( ADC). D
(ii) A median of a triangle divides it into
two triangles of equal area (Geometry).
(iii) Creative. In right triangle ADF, AD is the
hypotenuse

38 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
\ AD > AF
CHAPTER TEST
\ AB + AD > AB + AF
\ 2(AB + AD) > 2(AB + AF) D
1. (B) We know that ADF, BDE, EFC D D
\ Perimeter of ABCD D
and DEF are of equal areas.
> Perimeter of ABEF Then, ar(DECF)
5. (i) False (ii) True = ar(DEF) + ar(EFC)
6. (i) True (ii) True 1 1
= ar(ABC) + ar(ABC)
7. See Worksheet-23, Sol-5. 4 4
8. See Worksheet-24, Sol-8. 1
= ar(ABC).
9. (i) Let the proprietor 2
has the plot ABCD. 2. Diagonal of parallelogram divides it into
Find a point E which two triangles of equal areas.
is the mid-point of AB. 3. If two parallelograms are on equal bases
Join DE and CE. Now and between the same parallels, then
join E to F, the mid-point of CD. Clearly, their areas are equal.
AEFD and EBCF are equal
Parallelograms as they have equal bases
\ Ratio of their areas = 1 : 1.
(AE = BE) and lie between same parallels 4. 3a + b : a + 3b
AB and CD. Hint: Join BD to intersect EF at M.
D D
The ADE and BCE have equal bases D
In ABD and EMD, D
(AE = BE) and lie between same parallels a 2
AB and CD. =
D
ar( ADE) = ar( BCE) D …(i)
EM 1

EF is a median of CDE D Þ EM =
a

\ D
ar( EDF) = ar( ECF) D …(ii)
2
b
DE is a diagonal of P AEFD
gm Similarly, FM =
\ D D
ADE { EDF
2

Þ D
ar( ADE) = ar( EDF) D …(iii)
Area of a trapezium
1
From results (i), (ii) and (iii), we obtain = × sum of parallel sides
D
ar( ADE) = ar( EDF) D 2
D D
= ar( ECF) = ar( BCE)
× distance between them.

Hence the four equal triangular parts of 5. See Worksheet-22, Sol-7.


the plot are ADE, EDF, ECF and BCE. 6. See Worksheet-24, Sol-6.
(ii) Concepts are: 7. See Worksheet-22, Sol-8.
(a)Parallelograms on equal bases and 8. (i) The base line
lie between same parallels are equal of trees remains
in area. same before and
(b)Triangles on equal bases and lie after the storm.
between same parallels are equal in Before the storm
area. they formed a
(c)A median of a triangle divides it rectangular surface and after it they
into two triangles equal in area. form a parallelogram. The vertical
(iii) Love for his country men, Collective heights of trees on June 2010 and
responsibility. January 2012 are same. So their tops
lie on the straight line on these two

A R E A S O F P A R A L L E L O G R A M S … 39
days. Thus, the rectangle and the We have to show that
parallelogram are on the same base and D
ar(quadrilateral ABCD) = ar( EBC)
lie between the same parallels.
Hence required area = 108 m2.
D D
Since CAE and CAD lie on the same
base AC and between the same parallels
(ii) Parallelograms on the same base
CA and DE.
and between the same parallels are
\ ar(CAE) = ar(CAD)
Þ
equal in area.
(iii) Love for environment and enviro- ar(CAE) – ar(AOC)
nmental cleanliness. = ar(CAD) – ar(AOC)
9. Let ABCD be the given plot of land in [Subtracting ar(AOC) from both sides]
the form of quadrilateral ABCD. Þ ar(EOA) = ar(COD)
|
Through D, draw DE CA, which meets Adding ar(ABCO) to both sides, we get
BA produced at E. Join EC. ar(EOA) + ar(ABCO)
= ar(COD) + ar(ABCO)
Þ ar(EBC) = ar(ABCD).
Clearly, land for Health Centre is
D
COD.
And new plot of land in triangular shape
D
( EBC) is equal in area with quadrila-
teral ABCD.
qq

40 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
Chapter

4 CIRCLES

WORKSHEET– 28 1
BM = AB = 6 cm
2
1. (B) Let O be the
1
centre of the circle. OM = BN = BC = 8 cm
Draw OM ^ AB. 2
OM bisects AB, i.e., In right triangle BMO,
AM = MB = 15 cm. BO2 = BM2 + OM2
In right triangle AMO, = 62 + 82 = 36 + 64
OM = = 100
AO2 – AM2 = 172 – 152
Þ BO = 10 cm
= (17 + 15)(17 – 15) = 64 Hence, radius of the circle is 10 cm.
= 8 cm.
5. Let AB be the chord,
2. ÿÿÿÿÿÿÐCOD
= ÐAOB OC ^ AB.
= 70°
In DCOD, CO = DO \ AC = CB
\ ÐCDO = ÐDCO (Perpendicular from
=x centre bisects the chord)
Further, Inÿ DACO, AC2 = AO2 – OC2
ÐCDO + ÐDCO + ÐCOD = 180° (By Pythagoras Theorem)
Þ x + x + 70° = 180° = 52 – 32 = 25 – 9 = 16
Þ x = 55°.
Þ AC = 4 cm.
3. AO = PO (Radii of same circle) \ AB = 4 × 2 cm = 8 cm.
= 5 cm 6. In figure, we are given that
In right-angled DAMO, ÐAOB = ÐPO¢Q
AO2 = AM2 + MO2 Also,we have OA = O¢P
52 = AM2 + 42 (... Radii of congruent circles)
Þ AM = 25 – 16 = 3 cm and OB = O¢Q
We know that perpendicular, drawn (... Radii of congruent circles)
from the centre of a circle to a chord,
bisects the chord.
\ BM = AM = 3 cm
\ AB = AM + BM = 3 cm + 3 cm = 6 cm.
4. Centre O of the circle
passing through A, B
and C, coincides with
Þ DOAB @ÿDO¢PQ
the point of intersec- (SAS congruence rule)
tion of the perpen- Then by CPCT, AB = PQ.
dicular bisectors of 7. As the two circles with centres O and
AB and BC. O¢ are congruent,

C I R C L E S 41
60° < qÿ< 180° (As r < l < 2r)
Thus, the required range is from 60° to
180° excluding both.
(iii) (a) Congruence of triangles
(b) CPCT (Corresponding parts of
OA = O¢C congruent triangles are equal)
and OB = O¢D (c) Equilateral triangle and its angles.
AB = CD (Given) (iv) Industrialist, thoughtfulness, self-
Þ DOAB @ÿDO¢CD confident, Rationality.
(SSS congruence rule) 9. (i) OE, OD, OC (ii) CD
\ ÐAOB = ÐCO¢D (CPCT) q
(iii) DEC (iv) AB, CE, CD
8. (i) Let the butter-
chords of the biscuit be q
(v) CXE (vi) DOE
AB and CD; and centre (vii) CXED (viii) <
of the biscuit be O.
Join each of A, B, C, D WORKSHEET– 29
to O
In DOAB and DOCD, 1. (A) ABCD is a square, ABC
AB = CD (Given) is a right-angled triangle
OA = OC (Each equal to radius) with ÐABC = 90°. AOB is an
OB = OD (Each equal to radius) isosceles triangle with
AO = BO.
\ DOAB { DOCD [SSS]
Þ ÐAOB = ÐCOD (CPCT) 2. Join AO. Q OM ^ AB \ AM = BM
Therefore, the butter-chords subtend AB 20
\ AM = = = 10 cm
equal angles at the centre of the biscuit. 2 2
(ii) We are given the length of either In right-angled triangle AOM,
chord is greater than the radius and less AO2 = AM2 + OM2
than the diameter of the circle. 2
= 102 + 2 11

Let length of either chord = l, radius = r


and angled subtended by either butter- = 100 + 44 = 144
chord = q \ AO = 12 cm
Two cases arise: Hence, radius = 12 cm.
Case I. If l = r 3. As OC is perpendicular to chord AB,
In this case, the chord and corres- AB 8
AC = BC = =
ponding radius form an equilateral 2 2
triangle with side r = 4 cm
\ q = 60° In right-angled DAOC,
Case II. If l = 2r OC = AO2 – AC2
In this case, the butter chord passes
through the centre. = 52 – 42
\ q = 180° = (5 – 4)(5 4) = 3 cm
Consequently, we arrive at the following As AO and OD both are radii,
inequality: OD = AO

42 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
Þ OC + CD = 5 7. Let OE = x
Þ 3 + CD = 5 [Q OC = 3 cm] Þ OA = OC = OB = (x + 3) cm.
Þ CD = 2 cm. Using Pythagoras Theorem in D OAE,
4. Draw OM ^ AB we get
Produce MO to inter- (3 + x)2 = x2 + 42
sect CD at N. Þ 32 + x2 + 6x = x2 + 16
As AB || CD, ON ^ CD Þ 6x = 16 – 9 = 7
Join CO. 7 1
AB
Þ x = = 1 cm
AM = MB = 6 6
2 1 1
6 Þ OA = x + 3 =
¥
¦ 1
´
3µ cm = 4 cm.
= = 3 cm § 6 ¶ 6
2
8. O is the centre of the circle. Chords AB
In right-angled triangle AOM, and CD of the circle are equal. P is the
OM = point of intersection of AB and CD. Join
AO2 – AM 2
OP. Draw OL ^ AB and OM ^ CD.
= 52 – 32 = 25 – 9 Here, we find OL = OM ...(i)
= . .
( . AB = CD)
16 = 4 cm
Similarly, in right-angled DCON, In DOLP and DOMP,

ON =
ÐOLP = ÐOMP = 90°
52 – 4 2 = 3 cm
OP = OP (Common hypotenuse)
[Q CO = AO = 5 cm]
OL = OM [By (i)]
Now, MN = OM + ON
= 4 cm + 3 cm = 7 cm. Then we have DOLP @ DOMP
(RHS congruence rule)
As MN and PQ each is the perpendi-
cular distance between the two parallel By CPCT, PL = PM ...(ii)
lines AB and CD. 1
Now, AL = BL = AB
PQ = MN 2
= 7 cm. 1
5. Let AB be the chord of the given circle CM = DM = CD
2
with centre O.
Þ AL = CM ...(iii)
Draw OM ^ AB.
(...
AB = CD)
AB 6
AM = = Þ BL = DM ...(iv)
2 2
Subtracting (ii) from (iii), we have
= 3 cm
AL – PL = CM – PM
(Perpendicular drawn from the centre
to a chord divides it into two equal parts)
Þ AP = CP
Adding (ii) and (iv), we get
In right-angled DAOM,
PL + BL = PM + DM
OM = AO2 – AM2 = 62 – 32 Þ PB = PD.
= 36 – 9 = 27 9. Since AB = AC = 6 cm.
= 5.20 cm (approximately). So, D is the mid-point of BC.
6. (i) False (ii) True (OD is right bisector of BC)
Let OD = x

C I R C L E S 43
Þ AD = 5 – x Þ 2 ÐCAB = 90°
In DOCD, we have Þ ÐCAB = 45°.
OC2 = OD2 + CD2 3. If two chords of a circle
Þ 52 = x2 + CD2 are at equal distances
Þ 25 = x2 + CD2 from the centre of the
Þ CD2 = 25 – x2 ...(i) circle, then the two
In DACD, we have chords are equal.
AC2 = AD2 + CD2 \ CD = AB = 2 × 4.5 = 9 cm.
Þ 62 = (5 – x)2 + CD2
4. As OD ^ AB, AD = BD = 5 cm,
Þ 36 = 25 + x2 – 10x + CD2 In right triangle BOD,
Þ CD2 = 36 – 25 + 10x – x2
Þ CD2 = 11 + 10x – x2 ...(ii) BO = BD2 + OD2
From (i) and (ii), we get = 25 + 16
11 + 10x – x2 = 25 – x2 = 41 cm
Þ 10x = 14
Þ x = 1.4 cm
\ BC = 2 × BO = 2 41 cm.
In right triangle ABC,
From (i), we get
CD2 = 25 – (1.4)2 AC = BC2 – AB2 = 4 × 41 – 100
Þ CD2 = 25 – 1.96
= 64 = 8 cm
Þ CD2 = 23.04 Þ CD = 4.8
... In right triangle ADC,
BC = 2CD
\ BC = 2 × 4.8 = 9.6 cm. DC = AC2 + AD2 = 64 + 25

WORKSHEET – 30 = 89 cm.
5. AB = CD
1. (A) Given that BAD q
q = ADC (Given)
Þ BAp + AD
p= p + DC
AD p Þ OL = OM
(Equal chords are
Þ p = DC
BA p
equidistant from
Þ BA = DC the centre)
(Chords corresponding to equal OP = OP (Common)
arcs are equal)
and ÐOLP = ÐOMP (Each 90°)
i.e., AB = CD.
Þ DOLP @ DOMP
2. We know that an angle made in
Þ ÐOPL = ÐOPM. (CPCT)
semicircle is a right angle.
Hence proved.
\ ÐACB = 90° 6. Draw OL ^ AD.
...(i) BC is a chord of
In DABC, as AC = BC the smaller circle.
Perpendicular
\ ÐABC = ÐBAC ...(ii)
from the centre of
Also, the circle to the
ÐCAB + ÐABC + ÐACB = 180° chord bisects the chord.
Þ ÐCAB + ÐCAB + 90° = 180° Þ BL = LC ...(i)
[Using (i) and (ii)] AD is a chord of the bigger circle
Þ AL = LD ...(ii)
44 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
Subtracting (i) from (ii), we get \ DRSN @ÿDMSN by SAS
AL – BL = LD – LC Þ RN = MN (CPCT)
Þ AB = CD. Þ SO bisects RM
and ÐSNR = ÐSNM (CPCT)
7. OD ^ chord AB (Given)
Also these angles form a linear pair.
Þ D is the mid-point of AB.
\ ÐSNR = ÐSNM = 90°
(Perpendicular drawn from the
centre of the circle to the chord Þ ON ^ÿ RM
bisects the chord) Case I
As O is the centre of the Join OM,
circle, O is the mid-point OS = OM = 5 m (... Radius of circle)
of the diameter BC. Let ON = x m
In DABC, D is the mid- Þ SN = OS – ON = 5 – x
point of AB and O is the In right DONM,
mid-point of BC. NM2 = 52 – x2
1 = 25 – x2 ...(a)
Þ OD = AC (Mid-point theorem)
2 In right DSNM,
Þ AC = 2OD. NM2 = 62 – (5 – x)2
p @ CD
p = 36 – 25 – x2 + 10x ...(b)
8. AB (Given)
\ 25 – x = 36 – 25 – x2 + 10x
2
p + BCp @ BC
p + CD p
AB 10x = 14 \ x = 1.4
p to both sides)
(Adding BC Case II
Þ p @ BD
AC p Let ON = x
Þ AC = BD
Þ SN = OS + ON
= 5+x
(Chords corresponding to In right DONM,
congruence arcs are congruent)
NM2 = 25 – x2
Þ ÐAOC = ÐBOD ...(i)
(Equal chords subtend equal In right DSNM,
angles at the centre) NM2 = 62 – (5 + x)2
Þ OA = OB ...(ii) Þ 25 – x2 = 36 – 25 – x2 + 10x
OC = OD ...(iii) 25 = 11 – 10x
(Radii of the same circle) 14 = – 10x
From (i), (ii) and (iii), x = – 1.4 (Side cannot be –ve)
DAOC @ DBOD \ x = 1.4
(Using SAS congruence criterion) NM2 = 25 – x2 = 25 – 1.96 = 23.04
Þ ÐA = ÐB. (CPCT) NM = 4.8
9. R, S, M denote positions of Reshma, RM = 2NM = 9.6 cm.
Salma and Mandeep on the circle with
centre O and radius 5 m such that RS = WORKSHEET – 31
SM = 6 m.
Join SO (and produce it if required) to p @ p
1. (C) AB CD
intersect RM at N. We know that the
line segment joining centre to the Þ p@
p + BC
AB p + CD
BC p
common point of equal chords bisects Þ p @
AC p
BD
the angle between the two chords

C I R C L E S 45
Þ AC = BD
Þ q
q = ACD ...(i)
ABD
(Chords corresponding to Also, ÐBAD = ÐCAD (Given)
congruence arcs)
Now, in DOAC and DOBD, \ BD p
p = CD ...(ii)
(Arc subtending equal angles are equal)
OA = OB, OC= OD, AC = BD
Subtracting (ii) from (i), we get
\ DOAC @ DOBD
Þ ABD
q – BD p = ACDq – CD p
Þ Ð2 = Ð3. (CPCT)
2. As angle made in semicircle is a right Þ p
p = AC
AB
angle Þ AB = AC. Hence proved.
\ ÐACB = 90° 1
In DABC, 6. ÐADC = ÐAOC
2
ÐA + ÐB + ÐC = 180° (Angles subtended at
Þ x + 35° + 90° = 180° the centre is twice the
Þ x = 55°. angle subtended at any
point on the remaining
3. We know that the angle
part of the circle)
subtended by an arc at
the centre is double the 1
= × (60° + 30°) = 45°.
angle subtended by it 2
at any point on the 7. 150°, 30°
remaining part of the
Hint: AB = OA = OB
circle.
\ ÐAOB = 2 ÐACB Þ ÐAOB = 60°
Þ x = 2 × 35° = 70°. ÐAPB = 1 × reflex
4. Let us draw an angle BDC as shown in 2
the adjoining figure. ÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÐAOB.
8. (i) Let the equal
chords be AB and AC
of the wheel (circle)
with centre O
Join BC, BO, CO and
ÐBDC + ÐBAC = 180° AO. AO intersects BC
(Opposite angles of cyclic at M
quadrilateral ABDC) We have to determine the length of BC.
Þ ÐBDC = 180° – 130° = 50° In DAOB and DAOC,
Now, x = 2 × ÐBDC
AB = AC = 12 cm
(Angles subtended at the centre is
BO = CO = 10 cm
twice the angle subtended at any
point on the remaining part AO = AO (Common)
of the circle) \ DAOB { AOC (SSS axiom)
= 2 × 50° = 100°. Þ ÐBAO = ÐCAO …(i) (CPCT)
5. AD is the bisector of ÐBAC In DABM and DACM,
meeting the circle at D and AB = AC = 12 cm
passes through the centre ÐBAM = ÐCAM [From (i)]
O of the circle. AM = AM (Common)
AD is a diameter
\ DABM {ÿDACM (SAS axiom)

46 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
Þ BM = CM (CPCT) circle at N. Here OM ^ SD and M is
Þ ÐBMO = ÐCMO …(ii) (CPCT) mid-point of SD. Put SM = x.
BMC is a straight line We have DOSN in which ÐSON = 60°
\ ÐBMA + ÐCMA = 180° …(iii)
and OS = ON.
From (ii) and (iii), ÐBMA = ÐCMA = 90°
ÐOSN = ÐONS = 60°
Þ ÐBMO = 90° DOSN is equilateral.
M is mid-point of ON.
In right triangle BMO,
OM = 10 m.
BM2 = 102 – MO2 …(iv)
In DOMD, by Pythagoras Theorem,
In right triangle BMA,
x2 = (20)2 – (10)2 = 300
BM2 = 122 – AM2 …(v)
From (iv) and (v), Þ x = 10 3 m.
100 – MO2 = 144 – AM2 Then SD = 2x = 20 3 m.
Þ 100 – (AO – AM)2 = 144 – AM2 Thus, AS = AD = SD = 20 3 m.
Þ AM2 – (10 – AM)2 = 44 Hence, the length of the string of each
(Q AO = 10 cm)
phone is 20 3 m.
Þ (AM + 10 – AM) (AM – 10 + AM) = 44
Þ 10 × (2AM – 10) = 44 WORKSHEET – 32
Þ 2AM = 10 + 4.4 1. (B) ÐAOC = 2 × ÐABC
Þ AM = 7.2 (The angle subtended
In DBMA, by an arc at the cen-
tre is twice the angle
BM = 122  7.22 = 92.16 = 9.6 subtended by it at
BC = 2BM = 2 × 9.6 = 19.2 any point on the re-
Hence, the length of the required chord maining part of the
is 19.2 cm. circle)
= 2 × 20° = 40°.
(ii) SSS and SAS axioms of congruence of
triangles; and Pythagoras Theorem. 2. ÐAOB = 2 × ÐACB
(iii) Love for country, Patriotism = 2 × 40°
= 80°.

9. Join OA, OS and OD.


ÐAOS = ÐSOD = ÐAOD = q (say)
(... AS = SD = AD)
3. In DDEC, ÐCEB is an exterior angle.
Þ q + q + q = 360°
(Angles at the centre of the circle) \ ÐCEB = ÐECD + ÐEDC
Þ 3qÿ = 360° Þ q = 120° Þ 130° = 20° + ÐEDC
Þ ÐEDC = 110°
i.e., ÐBDC = 110°
ÐBAC = ÐBDC

(Angles in the same segments


of a circle are equal)
= 110°.
AO produced meets SD at M and the

C I R C L E S 47
4. Reflex ÐPOR = 2 ÐPQR
= 2 × 100° = 200°
ÿ\ Obtuse ÐPOR = 360° – Reflex ÐPOR
= 360° – 200°
= 160° ...(i)
In DPOR, ÐOPR = ÐORP ...(ii) From equations (i) and (ii), we get
(Q OP = OR) ÐBAD + 180° – ÐBCE = 180°
Þ ÐBCE = ÐBAD.
Hence proved.
7. AC is the diameter of
the circle.
ÞÿÿÿÿÿÐB = 90°
andÿÿ ÐD = 90°
Also, (Angles in a semicircle)
ÐOPR + ÐORP + ÐPOR = 180° BD is also a diameter
Þ ÐOPR + ÐOPR + 160° = 180° of the circle.
Þ 2ÐOPR = 180° – 160° Similarly, ÐA = ÐC = 90°.
[From (i) and (ii)] Thus, ÐA = ÐB = ÐC = ÐD = 90°.
Thus, ABCD is a rectangle.
Þ ÐOPR = 180° – 160°
2 8. ÐDAC = ÐDBC = 70°
= 10°. (Angles in the same segment)
5. Let the given parallelogram be ABCD
\ ÐBAD = ÐBAC + ÐDAC
= 30° + 70° = 100°
Þ ÐB = ÐD ...(i)
Now, ÐBCD + ÐBAD = 180°
(Opposite angles of a ||gm)
(Opposite angles of the cyclic
Also,ÿÐB + ÐD = 180° ...(ii)
quadrilateral ABCD)
(Opposite angles of a cyclic
Þ ÐBCD = 180°– 100° = 80°
quadrilateral)

From (i) and (ii), we get Further, in DABC,


2ÐB = 180° Þ ÐB = 90° ÐBCA = ÐBAC
Parallelogram with one right angle is (Q AB = BC)
rectangle. = 30°
Hence, ABCD is a rectangle. Now, ÐBCD = ÐBCA + ÐACD
6. ÐBAD + ÐBCD = 180° ...(i) Þ 80° = 30° + ÐACD
(Opposite angles of cyclic
Þ ÐACD = 80° – 30° = 50°
quadrilateral ABCD)
i.e., ÐECD = 50°.

ÐBCD + ÐBCE = 180° 9. ABCD is a trapezium such that AB || DC


and AD = BC.
(Linear pair axiom)
Draw perpendiculars DL and CM on AB
Þ ÐBCD = 180° – ÐBCE ...(ii) from D and C respectively.

48 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
In DALD and DBMC, Similarly, ÐBCD = 180° – 70° = 110°
ÐALD = ÐBMC = 90° And x = 180° – 110° = 70°.
AD = BC (Given) 3. ÐB + ÐD = 180°
and DL = CM (Opposite angles of the
(Perpendicular distances between cyclic quadrilateral
parallels AB and CD) are supplementary)
Þ ÐD = 180° – 65°
= 115°
ÐB + ÐC = 180° (Interior angles on
the same side of the transversal BC)
Þ ÐC = 180° – 65° = 115°
Þ DALD @ÿDBMC Similarly, we can find that
(RHS congruence rule) ÐA = 180° – 115° = 65°.
Þ Ð1 = Ð2
Þ Ð1 + ÐLDC = Ð2 + ÐMCD 4. ÐBDC = ÐBAC
[QÿÐLDC = ÐMCD, both 90°]
(Angles in the
same segment)
Þ ÐD = ÐC ...(i)
= 45°
Also, AB || CD
In DBCD,
Þ ÐA + ÐD = 180° ...(ii)
From (i) and (ii),
ÐBCD + ÐBDC + ÐDBC= 180°
ÐA + ÐC = 180° Þ ÐBCD + 45° + 60° = 180°
Also, ÐA + ÐB + ÐC + ÐD = 360° Þ ÐBCD = 180° – 105°
Þ 180° + ÐB + ÐD = 360° = 75°.
Þ ÐB + ÐD = 180° 5. ÐABC = ÐADC = 90°
Hence, the trapezium ABCD is a cyclic
quadrilateral.

WORKSHEET – 33 In quadrilateral ABCD,


ÐB + ÐD = 180°
1. (B) As the sum of opposite angles of a
Þ ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral.
cyclic quadrilateral is 180°,
(See in figure we can draw circle
ÐA + ÐC = 180° through A, B, C, D)
Þ ÐA = 180° – 110° Þ ÐCAD = ÐCBD.
= 70°. (Angles in the same segment)
2. ÐADC = 180° – ÐADX¢ 6. Circles are drawn on AB and AC as
= 180°– 80° = 100° diameters. AP is their common chord.
Also, y + ÐADX = 180° Point P is the second point of inter-
section of circles other than A.

Þ y = 180° – 100° = 80°

C I R C L E S 49
Now, ÐAPB = 90° Þ Ð1 + Ð2 + Ð3 + Ð4 = 180° ...(i)
(Angle in a semicircle) (Q AG, BG, CE and DE are bisector
and ÐAPC = 90° of ÐA, ÐB, ÐC, ÐD respectively)
(Angle in a semicircle) In DABG, Ð1 + Ð2 + Ð6 = 180° ...(ii)
Þ ÐAPB + ÐAPC = 180° (ASP)
Also, these are adjacent angles. In DCDE, Ð3 + Ð4 + Ð5 = 180° ...(iii)
Þ ÐAPB and ÐAPC form a linear pair. (ASP)
Þ B, P and C are collinear. Adding (ii) and (iii), we get
Þ P lies on the side BC of the DABC. Ð1 + Ð2 + Ð3 + Ð4 + Ð5 + Ð6
= 180° + 180° = 360°
7. (i) ÐPQC + ÐPBC = 180°
(Opposite angles of a cyclic Þ 180° + Ð5 + Ð6 = 360°
quadrilateral are supplementary) [From (i)]
Þ ÐPQC + 80° = 180° Þ Ð5 + Ð6 = 180°
Þ ÐPQC = 100° ...(i) Þ ÐE + ÐG = 180° ...(iv)
But, ÐPQD + ÐPQC = 180°
[Linear pair axiom]
Þ ÐPQD + 100° = 180°
Þ ÐPQD = 80°.
Also, ÿÐE + ÐF + ÐG + ÐH = 360°
(Sum of the angles of a quadrilateral)
Þ 180° + ÐF + ÐH = 360°
Þ ÐF + ÐH = 180° ...(v)
From (iv) and (v),
(ii) Also, ÐPQD + ÐPAD = 180° Quadrilateral EFGH is a cyclic
(Opposite angles of a cyclic quadrilateral.
quadrilateral)
9. Construction: Produce QR to meet AB
Þ 80° + ÐPAD = 180° at S. QR meets CD at L.
Þ ÐPAD = 100°. Proof: In triangles QDL and QBS,
Further, clearly ÐPAD + ÐPBC Ð3 = Ð4
= 100° + 80° (... QR is the bisector of ÐQ)
i.e., ÐBAD + ÐABC = 180° and ÐQDL = ÐQBS
This is the sum of cointerior angles as (... An exterior angle of a cyclic quadri-
AB is transversal for AD and BC. lateral is equal to interior opp. angle)
Hence, we conclude that AD || BC. \ Ð3 + ÐQDL = Ð4 + ÐQBS
8. In cyclic quadrilateral ABCD, Þ 180° – ÐDLQ = 180° – ÐQSB
ÐA + ÐB + ÐC + ÐD = 360° (... Ð3 + ÐQDL + ÐDLQ = 180°)
(Sum of the angles of a quadrilateral Þ ÐDLQ = ÐQSB
is 360°) Þ ÐPLR = ÐQSB
Þ
1 1 1
ÐA + ÐB + ÐC + ÐD
1 [... ÐPLR = ÐDLQ,
2 2 2 2 (Vertically opposite angles)]

=
1
(360°)
Þ ÐPLR = ÐQSP = ÐRSP = ÐPSR
2 ...(i)

50 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
3. ÐAOB + ÐAOC + ÐBOC
= 360°
Þ 100° + 140° + ÐBOC
= 360°
Þ ÐBOC = 120°
But ÐBOC = 2 × ÐBAC
120o
In triangles PRL and PRS, \ ÐBAC = = 60°.
2
ÿÐ2 = Ð1 4. In DABD,
(... PR is the bisector of ÐP) ÐDAB + ÐABD + ÐADB = 180°
and ÐPLR = ÐPSR [From (i)] (Angle sum property)
On adding, Ð2 + ÐPLR = Ð1 + ÐPSR
Þ 180° – ÐPRL = 180° – ÐPRS
(... Ð2 + ÐPLR + ÐPRL = 180°
and Ð1 + ÐPSR + ÐPRS = 180°)
Þ ÐPRL = ÐPRS
\ ÐPRL + ÐPRS = 180°
(SL is a straight line) Þ 60° + 50° + ÐADB = 180°
Þ 2ÐPRL = 180° Þ ÐADB = 180° – 110°
Þ ÐPRL = 90° = 70°
Þ ÐPRQ = 90° Now, ÐACB = ÐADB
Hence, ÐPRQ = ÐPRS = 90°. (Angles in the same segment)
\ ÐACB = 70°.
ASSESSMENT SHEET– 7 5. (i) radius (ii) segment

1. (B) ÐAOB = 2 × ÐACB 6. ÐAOC = ÐAOB + ÐBOC


(Angle subtended by = 60° + 30° = 90°
an arc at the centre of 1
a circle is double the ÐADC = ÐAOC
2
angle subtended by it
at any point on the re-
(Angle subtended by an arc at the
maining part of the
centre is double the angle subtended
circle)
by it at any point on the remaining
Þ ÐAOB = 2 × 50° = 100° part of the circle)
Now, x + ÐAOB = 360°
1
Þ x = 360° – 100° = 260°. = × 90° = 45°.
2
2. ÐAOC = 180° – 140° = 40° 7. Q AB = 12 cm
1
ÐADC = ÐAOC \ AD = BD = 6 cm
2
1 OD = AO2 – AD2
= × 40°
2
= 102 – 62
= 20°
ÿÞ x = 20°. = 64 = 8 cm.

C I R C L E S 51
8. (i) Given: A circle Now, OA = OC
C(O, r) and chord AB (Radii of the same circle)
= chord AC. AD is Þ OA = OC2
2

bisector of ÐCAB. Þÿ 42 + x2 = 32 + (x + 1)2


To Prove: Centre O lies Þ 16 + x2 = 9 + x2 + 1 + 2x
on the bisector of ÐBAC. Þ 16 – 10 = 2x Þÿÿ 2x = 6
Þÿ x = 3 cm.
Construction: Join BC, meeting \Radius of the circle
bisector AD of ÐBAC, at M.
= OA = OM2 AM2
Proof: In triangles BAM and CAM,
AB = AC [Given] = 32 42
ÐBAM = ÐCAM [Given] = 25 = 5 cm.
and AM = AM [Common]
OR
\ DBAM ≅ ÿDCAM [SAS]
See Worksheet-33, Sol-8.
 BM = CM
and ÐBMA = ÐCMA ASSESSMENT SHEET – 8
As ÿÐBMA + ÐCMA = 180°[Linear pair]
1. (B) Let us draw ÐBDC with D on the
 ÐBMA = ÐCMA = 90°
 AM is the perpendicular bisector of
circle other than the arc BAC
t
the chord BC. ÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ ÐBDC =
 AM passes through the centre O.
2
As ABDC is a cyclic
[... Perpendicular bisector of chord of a quadrilateral,
circle passes through the centre of the t
x + = 180°
circle] 2
Hence, the centre of the park lies on i.e., 2x + t = 360° ...(i)
the angle bisector of ÐBAC. In DBOC,
(ii) Congruence of triangles by SAS y + y + t = 180°
axiom (Geometry) (Angle sum property)
(iii) Cleanliness, respect for labour. 2y + t = 180° ...(ii)
Subtracting equation (ii) from equation (i),
9. Draw OM ^ AB and ON ^ CD we get
1 1 2x – 2y = 180°
Þ AM = AB = × 8 = 4 cm
2 2 i.e., x – y = 90°.

and CN =
1 1
× CD = × 6 = 3 cm.
2. ÐBCO = ÐCBO
2 2 (... OB = OC)
MN = 1 cm (Given) = y
Let OM = x cm ÐBOC = 2 × ÐBAC
In DOMA, = 2x
OA2 = AM2 + OM2 Now, in DBOC,
= (4)2 + x2 ...(i) ÐBOC + ÐBCO + ÐCBO = 180°
In DONC, (Angle sum property)
OC2 = CN2 + ON2
Þ 2x + y + y = 180°
= (3)2 + (x + 1)2 ...(ii)
x + y = 90°.
52 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
3. In DABO, AO = BO And 5y = 150°
(Radii of same circle) Hence, ÐP = 135°, ÐQ = 30°, ÐR = 45°,
\ ÐABO = ÐBAO = 60° ÐS = 150°.
\ ÐAOB = 180° – 60° – 60° OR
= 60°
We are given a circle. We have to find out
\ ÐAOC = 180° – ÐAOB its centre.
= 180° – 60°
= 120° We will use concept: Perpendicular
bisector of chord always passes through
\ ÐADC = 1 × ÐAOC centre. ...(i)
2
Steps of construction:
1
= × 120° = 60°. (i) Choose three
2
distinct points A, B
4. As ÐB and ÐD are the opposite angles and C on the circle.
of cyclic quadrilateral ABCD,
(ii) Join AB and BC.
ÐB + ÐD = 180° (iii) Draw the per-
Þ ÐB = 180° – 140° = 40° ...(i) pendicular bisectors
Let us join AC. of AB and BC.
Since, ÐACB is Þ Perpindicular bisectors of AB and
the angle in the BC both pass through centre using (i)
semicircle (iv) The perpendicular bisectors drawn
\ ACB = 90° ...(ii) in step (iii) intersect each other at O
(say). which is the required centre of
Now, in DABC,
the given circle.
ÐBAC + ÐABC + ÐACB = 180°
(Angle sum property) 9. Ðy is an exterior angle of DDFB
Þ ÐBAC + 40° + 90° = 180° Þ Ðy = Ð1 + Ð2
[From (i) and (ii)] (Exterior angle theorem)
Þ ÐBAC = 50°. Þ Ð2 = Ðy – Ð1 ...(i)
5. ÐA =ÿÐD = 40° Similarly, Ð3 is an exterior angle of DAEB
(Angles in the same Þ Ð3 = Ðx + Ð1 ...(ii)
segment) (Exterior angle theorem)
65° + 40° + x = 180°
(ASP)
Þ x = 75°.
6. (i) 360° (ii) two
7. (i) False (ii) False (iii) False
8. In cyclic quadrilateral PQRS,
But Ð2 = Ð3 ...(iii)
ÐR + ÐP = 180° (Opposite angles) (Angles with the same segment)
x + 3x = 180° Also, Ð z = 2Ð2 (Angle subtended
Þ 4x = 180° by a chord at the centre of the circle is
Þ x = 45° twice the angle subtended by it at any
\ 3x = 135° other point on the alternate segment)
Similarly, y = 30° = Ð2 + Ð2
= Ð2 + Ð3 [From (iii)]

C I R C L E S 53
= (Ðy – Ð1) + (Ð1 + Ðx) CHAPTER TEST
[From (i) and (ii)]
= Ðy + Ðx 1. (C) ÐBAD =
180° – 30° – 70° (ASP)
Hence, Ðx + Ðy = Ðz. = 80°
OR ÐBCD + ÐBAD = 180°
Let the two (Opposite angles of a
given circles
cyclic quadrilateral
with centres C1
are supplementary )
and C 2 inter-
sect each other
Þ ÐBCD = 180° – 80°
at A and B. = 100°.
Join C1C2, AB, 2. CD || AB
C1A, C2A, C1B and C2B. Þ ÐCDE = ÐABE = 75°
In DC1AC2 and DC1BC2 , (Q Corresponding angles)
C1A = C1B ÐDCE = ÐABE = 75°
(Radii of the same circle) (Exterior angle of a cyclic quadrilateral
C2A = C2B is always equal to its interior
(Radii of the same circle) opposite angle)
C1C2 = C1C2 (Common)
Using SSS congruence rule, we have
DC1AC2 @ DC1BC2
Þ ÐAC1C2 = ÐBC1C2 ...(i)
(CPCT)
and ÐAC2C1 = ÐBC2C1 ...(ii)
(CPCT)
Now, in DC1AM and DC1BM, Now, ÐCDE + ÐDCE + ÐCED
= 180° (ASP)
C1A = C1B
(Radii of the same circle) Þ 75° + 75° + ÐCED = 180°
ÐAC1M = ÐBC1M [From (i)] Þ ÐCED = 30°
C1M = C1M (Common) i.e., ÐAEB = 30°.
Þ DC1AM @ÿDC1BM 1
(SAS congruence)
3. ÐACB = × ÐAOB
2
Now, by CPCT, we have
1
AM = BM = × 90°
2
and ÐC1MA = ÐC1MB = 45°
Also, ÐC1MA + ÐC1MB = 180°
Þ AM = BM (Angle subtended at the centre by
and ÐC1MA = ÐC1MB = 90° an arc of a circle is double the angle
Þ C1M is right bisector of chord AB subtended by the same arc at any
and similarly, C2M is right bisector of point on the remaining part of the
chord AB. circle)
Þ C1C2 is perpendicular bisector of the ÐCAB + ÐABC + ÐBCA = 180°
common chord AB. (ASP)

54 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
Þ ÐCAB + 30° + 45° = 180° OR
Þ ÐCAB = 105° See Worksheet-33, Sol-7.
Þ ÐCAO + ÐBAO = 105° 8. (i) Join OA, OS and OD.
In DOAB, OA = OB ÐAOS = ÐSOD = ÐAOD = q (say)
\ ÐBAO = ÐABO (... AS = SD = AD)
Þ ÐCAO + 45° = 105° Þ q + q + q = 360°
Þ ÐCAO = 60° (Angles at the centre of the circle)
Þ 3qÿ = 360° Þ q = 120°
4. ÐABC + ÐADC = 180°
(Sum of opposite angles of
a cyclic quadrilateral)
ÿÿÞÿÐABC = 180° – 85° = 95°
ÐABC is an exterior
Since,
angle of DBCP,
\ 40° + ÐBCP = 95°
Þ ÐBCP = 55° AO produced meets SD at M and the
\ ÐDCQ = 55° circle at N. Here OM ^ SD and M is
(Vertical opposite angles) mid-point of SD. Put SM = x.
We have DOSN in which ÐSON = 60°
Further, ÐCDQ = 180° – ÐADC
and OS = ON.
(Linear pair)
ÐOSN = ÐONS = 60°
= 180° – 85° = 95°
DOSN is equilateral.
Now, in DCDQ, M is mid-point of ON.
ÐCQD + ÐCDQ + ÐDCQ = 180° OM = 10 m.
(ASP) In DOMD, by Pythagoras Theorem,
Þ ÐCQD + 95° + 55° = 180° x2 = (20)2 – (10)2 = 300
Þ ÐCQD = 30° Þ x = 10 3 m.
360o – DCQ – BCP
Now, ÐBCD = Then SD = 2x = 20 3 m.
2
360o – 55o – 55o Thus, AS = AD = SD = 20 3 m.
= = 125° Hence, the length of the string of each
2
\ ÐBAD = 180° – ÐBCD phone is 20 3 m.
= 180° – 125° = 55°. (ii) Bisector of an angle made by two
radii at the centre of a circle, bisects the
5. See Worksheet-33, Sol-6.
corresponding chord at right angle.
6. See Worksheet-30, Sol-8. (iii) Inventive and Creative thoughts.
7. See Worksheet-28, Sol-7. 9. See Worksheet-29, Sol-9.
qq

C I R C L E S 55
Chapter

5 CONSTRUCTIONS

WORKSHEET – 36 Steps of construction:


1. First of all, we construct ÐBAC = 60°.
1 2. We draw bisector AD of ÐBAC.
1. (B) × 60° = 30°.
2 Such that, ÐBAD = ÐDAC = 30°.

2.
(120 – 60 )°
= 60° + 30° = 90°.
60° +
2
3. Since, sum of any two sides of a triangle
is greater than the third side, therefore,
in DABC,
AB + AC > BC.
4. To construct triangle ABC, given AB – AC
must be non-zero and non-negative.
Therefore, AB > AC. 3. Now, we draw bisector AE of ÐCAD.
We know that difference of any two sides Such that, ÐDAE = ÐCAE = 15°.
of a triangle is less than the third side. ÐBAE = ÐBAD + ÐDAE
Hence, AB – AC < BC, where AB > AC. = 30° + 15° = 45°.
5. We will construct an angle of 90° at the ÐBAE is the required angle of 45°.
initial point A of the ray AB. Alternately,
Make an angle of 90° and bisect it to
get an angle of 45°.
8. Steps of construction:
1. We draw a line segment BC = 4 cm.
2. We make an angle CBX of measure
45° at B.

ÐEAB = 90°

6.

ÐBAD = 30°
7. We will construct a 45° angle at the 3. We cut a line segment BD = 1.8 cm
initial point A of the ray AB. from the ray BX.

56 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
4. We join DC and draw perpendicular 3. We produce XQ and cut QS = 2 cm
bisector of it, which meets BX at A. from it. (PQ < PR)
5. We join AC. 4. We join RS and draw perpendicular
Thus obtained DABC is the required triangle. bisector of it, which meets QX at P.
OR 5. We join PR.
Steps of construction: Thus obtained DPQR is the required
1. We draw a line segment QR = 6 cm. triangle.
2. We make an angle RQX of measure 9. Steps of construction:
60° at Q. 1. We draw a line segment PQ of length
13 cm.
2. We make ÐXPQ = 60° and ÐYQP = 75°
at P and Q respectively.
3. We bisect the angles obtained in step 2.
Suppose these bisectors intersect
each other at A.
4. We draw perpendicular bisectors of
segments AP and AQ. Suppose these
bisectors meet PQ at B and C
respectively.
5. We join AB and AC.
Thus obtained DABC is the required
triangle.

C O N S T R U C T I O N S 57
ASSESSMENT SHEET– 9 5. We will construct an angle of 105° at
the initial point A of the ray AB.
1. (D) ÐXYZ = 90°
Þ ÐXYL + ÐLYZ = 90°
90o
\ ÐXYL = = 45° ...(i)
2
(Q ÐLYZ = ÐXYL)
Since, ÐLYZ is bisected by YM

\ ÐLYM = 1 ÐLYZ
2 ÐBAC = 105°
1 6.
= × 45°
2
1o
= 22 ...(ii)
2
Adding equations (i) and (ii), we get
1
ÐXYL + ÐLYM = 45° + 22 o
2
1o
ÿ Þ ÐXYM = 67 .
2
2. As YP = PR, ÐXYR = 60°
But PQ = QR
Line PMQ is the required right bisector.
1
\ ÐXYZ = ÐXYR 7. Let the given side is of length 2.7 cm.
2
1 Steps of construction:
= × 60° 1. Draw BC = 2.7 cm
2
= 30°.
}m
2. Draw BX such that ÐCBX = 60°.
3.
}m
Draw CY such that ÐBCY = 60°.
3. Given, BD = AB + AC
Þ AB + AD = AB + AC 4. Let
}m and }m intersect at A.
BX CY
Þ AD = AC. 5. DABC is required triangle.

4. In the figure of
construction of
DPQR, PL is
the perpen-
dicular bi-
sector of
SR.
Using Angle sum property, we have
ÐA + ÐB + ÐC = 180°
Therefore, any point of PL is equidistant Þ ÐA + 60° + 60° = 180°
from S and R. Þ ÐA = 60°
\ PS = PR. Hence, the DABC is equilateral triangle.

58 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
8. Steps of construction:

1. We draw a line segment BC = 7 cm. 2. We draw angles of 30° and 90° at


2. We make an angle of measure 75° at the points G and H respectively. Then
the point B such that ÐCBX = 75°.
}m
3. We cut BD = 13 cm from BX .
we draw bisectors of these angles.
3. These bisectors obtained in step 2
4. We join CD and draw right bisector intersect each other at X.
of it, which intersect BD at A. 4. We draw right bisectors of GX and
5. We join AC. HX, which meet GH at Y and Z
Thus obtained DABC is the required respectively.
triangle.
5. We join XY and XZ.
9. Steps of construction: Such obtained DXYZ is the required
1. We draw a line segment GH = 11 cm. triangle.

C O N S T R U C T I O N S 59
CHAPTER TEST Hence, ÐBAC = ÐBAY + ÐCAY
= 120° + 15° = 135°.
1. (C) ÐBAX = 60° 3.
As
}m q,
AY is the bisector of LM
As BM = LM = CY = XY = R,
ÐCBA = ÐBCA = 60°
ÐBAY = 90°
ÐXAY = ÐBAY – ÐBAX
= 90° – 60° = 30°
As
}m
A is the bisector of ÐXAY,
C
1
ÐCAX = ÐXAY
2
1 Now, in DABC,
=
× 30°
2 ÐA + ÐB + ÐC = 180° (ASP)
= 15° Þ ÐA + 60° + 60° = 180°
Now, ÐBAC= ÐBAX + ÐCAX Þ ÐA = 60°
= 60° + 15° = 75°. Therefore, AB = BC = CA
2. ÐBAY = 120° Þ DABC is an equilateral triangle.
ÐXAY = 60° 4. Y is point on the perpendicular bisector of GX
\ GY= XY (Any point on the perpen-
1 dicular bisector of a line
ÐZAY =
ÐXAY segment is equidistant
2
(Q AZ bisects ÐXAY) from its end points)
1 Þ ÐYGX = ÐYXG = 15°
= × 60° = 30° (Angles opposite to equal
2
sides of a triangle are equal)
1 ÐXYZ = ÐYGX + ÐYXG
Now, ÐCAY = ÐZAY
2 (Exterior angle of a triangle is equal
(Q ÐCAZ = ÐCAY) to the sum of its interior opposite
1 angles)
= × 30° = 15°.
2 = 15° + 15° = 30°.

60 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
Similarly, Z is a point on the perpendi- 1. We draw a line segment AB of length
cular bisector of XH. 5.8 cm.
Thus, ZX = ZH 2. We make ÐABX = 60° at B.
Þ ÐZXH = ÐZHX = 45° 3. We cut BD = 7 cm from BX.
Þ ÐXZY = ÐZXH + ÐZHX = 90°. 4. We join AD and draw perpendicular
1° bisector of it, which meets BD at C.
5. We will construct an angle of 22 2 at
5. We join AC.
the initial point A of the ray AB.
Thus obtained DABC is the required
triangle.
8. Steps of construction:
1. We draw a line segment QR = 6 cm.
2. We make an ÐSQR = 60° at Q.

°
ÐBAC = 22 12 .
6. We will construct an angle of 135° at
the initial point A of the ray AB.

ÐBAC = 135°
7. Steps of construction:
3. We produce SQ and cut QT = 2 cm
from it.
4. We join TR and draw perpendi-
cular bisector of it, which meets
QS at P.
5. We join PR.
Thus obtained DPQR is the required
triangle.
9. Steps of construction:
1. We draw a line segment GH of length
13 cm.
2. We make ÐXGH = 60° and ÐYHG = 75°
at G and H respectively.
3. We bisect the angles obtained in step
2. These bisectors intersect each other
at A.

C O N S T R U C T I O N S 61
4. We draw perpendicular bisectors of GA and HA, which meet GH in B and C
respectively.

5. We join AB and AC.


Thus obtained DABC is the required triangle.

qq

62 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
Chapter

6 SURFACE AREAS AND VOLUMES

WORKSHEET – 40 Now, percentage increase in the surface


area
1. (D) Let the length of the side of the cube 13.5 a2 – 6 a2
= a cm = × 100%
6 a2
Volume of the cube
= Volume of the sheet 7.5 a2
Þ 3
a = 27 × 8 × 1
=
6 a2
× 100% = 125%

\ a= 3 × 2 × 1 5. Edge of the cube = 6.5 cm


= 6 cm Length of the diagonal = 3 edge.
Surface area of the sheet
= 3 × 6.5 cm
= 2 (27 × 8 + 8 × 1 + 1 × 27)
= 2 × 251 = 1.7 × 6.5 cm
= 502 cm2 (Given: 3 = 1.7)
Surface area of the cube = 11.05 cm.
= 6a2 6. Obviously the longest rod can be placed
= 6 × 62 along either of the diagonal of the room.
= 216 cm2 \ Length of the longest rod
Now, difference of the two surfaces = l2 + b2 + h2 = (12)2 + (9)2 + (8)2 m
= 502 – 216 = 286 cm2.
2. Let a be the length of the side of the = 144 + 81 + 64 m = 289 m = 17 m.
cube. Then area of one face = a2
7. (i) l = 1.5 m, b = 1.25 m,
and area of all six faces = 6a2
\ Required ratio = a2 : 6a2 = 1 : 6. h = 65 cm =
65
100
m = 0.65 m.
3. We know that the longest rod that can Area of the sheet required for making
be fitted in a cube is equal to its the box which is open at the top
diagonal.
\ Required length of the rod
= l × b + 2 (l + b)h
= 1.5 × 1.25 + 2(1.5 + 1.25) × 0.65 m2
= 4 3 m = 4 × 1.73 m = (1.875 + 3.575) m2
= 6.92 m. = 5.45 m2
4. Let the actual side of the cube = a (ii) Cost = ` 20 × 5.45 = ` 109.
\ Initial surface area of the cube = 6a2 OR
After increment, the side of the cube Let height of the hall be h metres.
150 Area of the 4 walls
= a× = 1.5 a
100 = 2(l + b) × h
After increment, the surface area of the = Perimeter of floor × h
cube = 6 × (1.5a)2 [As perimeter = 2(l + b)]
= 13.5a2 = 250 × h m2

S U R F A C E A R E A S A N D V O L U M E S 63
Q Cost of painting on 1 m2 = ` 10 9. We are given that, the length and the
\ Cost of painting on 250 × h m2 breadth of the hall as 20 m and 16 m
respectively.
= ` (250 × h) × 10
But given total cost of painting Þ l = 20 m and b = 16 m
Let the height of the hall be h m.
= ` 15000.
\ (250 × h) × 10 = 15000
Now, the sum of the areas of the floor

Þ 250 × h = 1500
and the flat roof of the hall = 2(l × b)
= 2(20 × 16) m2 = 640 m2
Þ h=
1500
The sum of the areas of the four walls

Þ
250 of the hall
h = 6 m.
= 2(l + b) × h = 2(20 + 16) × h m2
8. The length, breadth and height of = 72h m2
bigger box are 25 cm, 20 cm and 5 cm It is given that, 72h = 640
respectively.
\ Surface area of a bigger box Þ h=
640
72
m=
80
9
m = 8.888 m.
= 2( lb + bh + hl)
So, the height of the hall is about 8.89 m.
= 2(25 × 20 + 20 × 5 + 5 × 25)
= 2(500 + 100 + 125) = 2 × 725 WORKSHEET– 41
= 1450 cm2
\ Area of the cardboard required for
1. (A) A closed right circular cylinder has
two circular surfaces and one curved
250 bigger boxes
surface.
= 250 × 1450 = 362500 cm2
5
The dimensions of the smaller box are 2. r= m, h = 14 m
2
p
15 cm, 12 cm and 5 cm respectively.
Surface area of a smaller box Curved surface area = 2 rh
= 2 (lb + bh + hl) 22 5
= 2× × × 14
= 2 (15 × 12 + 12 × 5 + 5 × 15) cm2 7 2
= 2 (180 + 60 + 75) = 630 cm2 = 220 m2
\ Area of the cardboard required for 250 Now, cost of white washing
smaller boxes = 250 × 630 = 157500 cm2 = 220 × 50 paise
Total area of the cardboard required = ` 110.
= 362500 + 157500 = 520000 cm2 3. Let the length of the cloth = a m
Cardboard (5%) required for overlapping Area of the cloth = a × 5
520000 × 5 Slant height of the cone,
= = 26000 cm2
100
l = r 2 h2
Total area of the sheet including
overlapping = 72 242
= 520000 + 26000 = 546000 cm2 = 25 m
Cost of cardboard at the rate of ` 4 for
1000 cm2
Curved surface area = prl
22
= × 7 × 25
546000 × 4 7
=` = ` 2184.
1000 = 22 × 25

64 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
According to the given condition, 6. h = 1 m, diameter (d) = 140 cm
a × 5 = 22 × 25
Þ r=
d
=
140
= 70 cm
Þ a=
22 s 25
5
= 110 m.
2 2
70
4. Initially: = m = 0.7 m
100
Radius = r (say)
Slant height = l (say)
p
Sheet required = 2 r (r + h)
Curved surface area = rl p =2×
22
× (0.7)
7
Finally: × (0.7 + 1) m2
Radius = r (say)
= 4.4 × 1.7 m2 = 7.48 m2.
p
Slant height = l + l × 7. The radius of the cylindrical block
100
of wood = r = 70 cm and the length
¥ p 100 ´ = h = 200 cm.
=l ¦ µ
§ 100 ¶ The total surface area of the cylindrical
block
Curved surface area = rl ¦
§
p ¥ p 100 ´
100 ¶
µ p
= 2 r(r + h)
22
Hence, percentage increase in the =2× × 70 × (70 + 200) cm2
7
curved surface area
= 440 × 270 cm2
p 100 ´
Qrl ¥¦ – Qrl = 118800 cm2
§ 100 µ¶ \ Cost of painting on 100 cm2
= × 100%
Qrl
5
= ` 1.25 = `
⎛ p +100 ⎞ 4
πrl ⎡⎢⎜ ⎤
⎟ – 1⎥ \ Cost of painting on 1 cm2
⎣ ⎝ 100 ⎠ ⎦ ×100%
=
πrl 5
=`
400
¥ p 100
= ¦
§ 100
´
– 1µ × 100%

\ Cost of painting on 118800 cm 2

5
¥ p 100 – 100 ´ × 100% =` × 118800
= ¦ 400
§ 100 ¶µ
5
= p %. =` × 1188 = ` 1485.
4
5. r = 0.7 m S.A. = 4.4 m2 Hence, the cost of painting the block
Þ p
2 r × h = 4.4 of wood is ` 1485.
OR
Þ 2×
22
7
×
7
10
h =
44
10 35
(i) Diameter, d = 3.5 m = m
10
Þ 44 7 s 10
Þ
h = × d 7
10 2 s 22 s 7 r= =
35
= m, h = 10 m.
2 20 4
= 1 m.

S U R F A C E A R E A S A N D V O L U M E S 65
Inner curved surface area of the well 42
= 2 rhp 9. (i) Diameter (d) = 4.2 m =
10
m

22 7
= 2×
7
× × 10 m2
4 \ r=
d
2
=
42
2 × 10
m=
21
10
m, h =
45
10
m
2
= 110 m .
The lateral surface area = 2 rh p
(ii) Cost of plastering = ` 40 × 110
22 21 45
= ` 4400. =2× × × m2
7 10 10
8. h = 120 cm, Diameter = d = 84 cm = 59.4 m2.

Þ r=
d
=
84
= 42 cm.
p
(ii) Total surface area = 2 r2 + 2 rh p
2 2 22 21 21 2
=2× × × m + 59.4 m2
Area leveled in 1 revolution 7 10 10
= C.S.A. of the roller = 27.72 m2 + 59.4 m2 = 87.12 m2
= 2 rhp Let the required area of the steel
p
= 2 × 42 × 120 cm2 actually used be x m2
p
= × 84 × 120 cm2
Now, x–x×
1
= 87.12
Area levelled in 500 revolutions 12
= 500 × Area levelled in one
revolution Þ 11
x = 87.12
p
= 500 × × 84 × 120
12

= 500 ×
22
× 84 × 120 cm2
Þ x = 87.12 ×
12
11
7
500 s 22 s 1440 2 = 95.04 m2
= m Hence, the steel actually used was
10000
95.04 m2.
= 1584 m2.
OR WORKSHEET – 42
r = 3 cm, h = 10.5 cm
1. (B) r = 3 cm, h = 11 cm
Cardboard required for one penholder p
p p
Total surface area = 2 r (h + r)
= r2 + 2 rh
22
= pr × (r + 2h)
=2× × 3 (11 + 3)
7
22 22
= × 3 × (3 + 2 × 10.5) = 2× × 3 × 14
7 7
= 264 cm2.
22 2. r = 5 cm, l = 13 cm
= × 3 × (3 + 21)
7
Total surface area of the cone
22 p
= r (l + r)
=
7
× 3 × 24 cm2
p
= × 5 × (13 + 5)
Cardboard required for 35 competitors p
= 90 cm2.
22 r
= × 3 × 24 × 35 cm2 3. Radius (R) = , slant height (L) = 2 l
7 2
= 7920 cm2. ÿp
Total surface area = R (L + R)

66 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
= p × 2r × ⎛⎜⎝ 2 l + 2r ⎞⎟⎠ l= h r
2 2 = 162
¥ 21 ´
¦ µ
2

§ 4 ¶

p
= r ¦l
¥
§

µ.
4¶ 441 4096 441
= 256 =
16 16
4. Let the required length = x m
Area of floor = 346.5 m2 4537
Þ p
r2 = 346.5
=
16
= 283.5625

Þ r=
346.5
22
s 7 = 10.5 m
= 16.84 m (approx.)
Surface area of the cone
p
= r (r + l)
Slant height, l = r 2 h2 21 ⎛ 21
22 ⎞
= × + 16.84 ⎟
= (10.5) 14 = 17.5 m
2 2 7 4 ⎜⎝ 4 ⎠
Area of canvas required 33
= × 22.09
= lateral surface area of 2
the conical tent = 364.49 m2 (approx.).
+ area of floor 7. r = 6 m , h = 8 m,
Þ p
x × 1.2 = rl + 346.5
l= r 2 h2 = 62 82
Þ x × 1.2 =
22
7
× 10.5 × 17.5 + 346.5
= 36 64 = 100 = 10 m
Þ x × 1.2 = 577.5 + 346.5 p
C.S.A. = rl = 3.14 × 6 × 10 m2
Þ x =
924
1.2
= 770 m. = 188.4 m2
Area of tarpaulin required
5. Slant height of the right circular cone, = C.S.A. = 188.4 m2
l = 25 cm. Now, length of tarpaulin required to
Radius of the base of the cone, 188.4
make tent = = 62.8 m.
r = 7 cm. 3
Curved surface of a right circular cone Total length of tarpaulin required
= rl p including margins and wastage
22 = 62.8 + 0.20 = 63 m.
= × 7 × 25 cm2
7 8. l = 25 m, r = 7 m
= 550 cm2. Curved surface = rl p
6. Let radius of the base = r m 22
= × 7 × 25 m2
Height = 16 m 7
Circumference of the base = 33 m = 550 m2
Þ p 2 r = 33 \ Cost of white washing on 100 m 2

Þÿ r = 33 33 = ` 210
\ÿ Cost of white washing on 1 m
=
2Q 2 s 22 / 7 2

33 s 7 231 21 C 210
= = = m =
44 44 4 100

S U R F A C E A R E A S A N D V O L U M E S 67
\ Cost of white washing on 550 m2 Now, percentage increase in the volume
210
=` × 550 =
V2 – V1
100 ×100%
V1
= ` 1155.
OR 32 3 4 3
πr – πr
r = 7 cm, h = 24 cm 3 3
= × 100% = 700%.
Þ l2 = h2 + r2 = (24)2 + 72 4 3
3
πr
= 576 + 49 = 625
Þ l = 625 3. When radius R1 = 6 cm,
Þ l = 25 cm. p
surface area S1 = 4 R12 = 4 (6)2. p
When radius R2 = 12 cm,
Sheet required for one cap
22 p
surface area S2 = 4 R22 = 4 (12)2. p
= × 7 × 25 cm2 = 550 cm2 S1 4Q × 6 × 6
7 Now, =
Sheet required for 10 such caps S2 4 Q × 12 × 12
= 10 × 550 cm2 = 5500 cm2 \ S1 : S2 = 1 : 4.
20 4. Let the initial radius = r. Then new
9. r = 20 cm = m = 0.2 m and h = 1 m
100 p
radius = r + r ×
l2 = h2 + r2 = 1 + 0.04 = 1.04 100
Þ l = 1.04 = 1.02 m =r
¥ 100
¦ 100

µ
§ ¶
Curved surface area of 50 cones
= 50 × rl p Initial surface area, S1 = 4 r2 p
= 50 × (3.14 × 0.2 × 1.02) m2
p
2
¥ 100 p´
= 32.028 m2 New surface area, S2 = 4 r2 ¦ 100 µ
§ ¶
Total cost on painting = ` 12 × 32.028
= ` 384.34 (approximately.) Now, percentage increase in the surface
area
WORKSHEET– 43 S2 – S1
= × 100%
S1
1. (D) Volume of 27 balls = Volume of the =
big sphere

Þ p p
2
4 4 ⎛ 100 + p ⎞
27 × r3 = R3 4πr 2 ⎜ ⎟ – 4πr
2
3 3 ⎝ 100 ⎠
Þ R = 3r 4 πr 2
× 100%
The ratio of surface area (S1) of the big
sphere to the surface area (S2) of a ball ⎡⎛ 100 + p ⎞2 ⎤
is given by = ⎢⎜ ⎟ – 1⎥ × 100%
⎢⎣⎝ 100 ⎠ ⎥⎦
S1 4 πR 2 (3r)2 9
= = = ⎛ 10000 + p2 + 200 p ⎞
S2 4 πr 2
r 2 1
= ⎜⎜ – 100 ⎟⎟ %
i.e., S1 : S2 = 9 : 1. ⎝ 100 ⎠
2. Let R1 = r, R2 = 2r
200 p p2 ⎛ p2 ⎞
V1 =
3
p
4 3
r , V2 =
4
3
p (2r)3 = p
32 3
3
r =
100
% = ⎜2p +

⎟%.
100 ⎠

68 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
5. Here, r = 10 cm. 525
Total surface area of hemisphere = 3 r2 p = 5.25 cm =
100
cm
= 3 × (3.14)(10)2 = 942 cm2. Outer curved surface area of the bowl
6. Let r be the radius of the sphere. Then, p
= 2 R2
p
4 r2 = 154
= 2×
22
×
525
×
525
cm2
Þ 4×
22
7
× r2 = 154
7 100
= 173.25 cm2.
100

Þ r2 =
154 s 7
4 s 22
=
7s7
4
=
7s7
2s2
9. Let the diameter of the moon = 2r
(r is the radius)

Þ r=
7
2
= 3.5 cm.
and let the diameter of the earth = 2R
(R is the radius)
7. (i) Radius of the sphere = r 1
Given that, 2r = × 2R, i.e., R = 4r
Then surface area of the 4
sphere = 4 r2. p Ratio of the surface areas of the moon
(ii) Radius of the sphere = r and earth = 4Qr 2 : 4 QR2
Height of the cylinder = 2r = r2 : R2 = r2 : (4r)2 = 1 : 16
Curved surface area of the cylinder
p
= 2 × (R) × (H)
Thus, the required ratio is 1 : 16.

p
= 2 × r × 2r WORKSHEET – 44
= 4 r2. p 1. (B) Let the number of planks be x
4 Qr 2
1
(iii) Required ratio = = , i.e., the Volume of x planks = volume of the pit
4 Qr 2 1
ratio is 1 : 1. Þ x × 4 × 100 50
× 20 = 40 × 12 × 160
8. Here d = 10.5 cm Þ x × 40 = 40 × 12 × 160
Þ r=
d
=
10.5
= 5.25 cm
Þ x = 1920.
2 2 2. Let the side of the cube = a m
Inner surface area of the bowl \ Lateral surface area = 4a 2

= 2 r2 p Þ 256 = 4a 2

22 Þ 2
a = 64
=2× × 5.25 × 5.25 cm2
Þ a = ±8m
... Side length cannot be negative.
7
Cost of tin plating

=`
16
×2×
22 525 525
× ×
\ a = 8m
100 7 100 100 Now, volume a3 = 83 = 512 m3.
2 s 22 s 63 3. Let the side of the cube be a cm, then
= `
100
= ` 27.72.
6a2 = 96 Þ a2 = 16 Þ ±
a = 4 cm
OR But side length cannot be negative.

Inner radius, r = 5 cm
\ a=4
Now, volume = a3 = 43 = 64 cm3.
Thickness of steel sheet
4. Inner dimensions are:
= 0.25 cm
l1 = 115 cm, b1 = 75 cm, h1 = 35 cm
Outer radius, R = 5 cm + 0.25 cm

S U R F A C E A R E A S A N D V O L U M E S 69
Outer dimensions are: Volume of water flowing in 1 minute
l2 = 115 + 2.5 + 2.5 = 120 cm 2000
= × 40 × 3 m3 = 4000 m3.
b2 = 75 + 2.5 + 2.5 = 80 cm 60
h2 = 35 + 2.5 + 2.5 = 40 cm OR
Now, volume of the wood
Capacity of tank = 50000 litres
= Outer volume – Inner volume
50000 3
= l2 b2 h2 – l1 b1 h1 = m = 50 m3
1000
= 120 × 80 × 40 – 115 × 75 × 35
= 384000 – 301875 Volume
Breadth of the tank =
= 82125 cm3. l×h

5. Internal volume of the pit 50


= = 2.
2.5 × 10
= 8 × 6 × 3 m3
Cost of digging it at the rate of Hence, breadth is 2 m.
` 30 per m3 9. Let the edges of the cubes be 3a cm,
= ` 8 × 6 × 3 × 30 = ` 4320. 4a cm and 5a cm.
6. Maximum number of wooden crates
\
3
⎛ 12 3 ⎞
(3a)3 + (4a)3 + (5a)3 = ⎜
Capacity (i.e. volume)of the Godown ⎜ 3 ⎟⎟
= ⎝ ⎠
Volume of one wooden crate
(... Diagonal of a cube = 3 edge )
=
60 × 25 ×10
=
15000
Þ 27a3 + 64a3
+ 125a3
=12 × 12 × 12
1.5 ×1.25 × 0.5 3 5 1
× ×
2 4 2
Þ 3
(27 + 64 + 125)a = 1728

=
15000 × 16
= 16000.
Þ a3 =
1728
216
=8
15
Þ
1
7. Let the side of the new cube be a cm. a = (8) 3 = 2.
Volume of 8 new cubes Hence, edges of the three cubes are
= Volume of the original cube 3 × 2 cm, 4 × 2 cm and 5 × 2 cm, i.e.,
Þ 8 × (a) = (12)3
3 6 cm, 8 cm and 10 cm.

Þ a3 =
12 × 12 × 12
8
WORKSHEET – 45
Þ a3 = 6 × 6 × 6 1. (A) r = 3.5 cm, h = 10 cm
Þ a= 6 Volume, V = r2h p
Hence, the length of the side of the 22
new cube is 6 cm. = × 3.5 × 3.5 × 10
7
6(12)2 4 = 385 cm3.
Required ratio = 2
= , i.e., 4 : 1.
6(6) 1 2. Capacity of the vessel
8. Length of water flowing in 1 hour = Inner volume of the cylinder
= 2 km = 2000 m
Length of water flowing in 1 min.
p
= r2h =
22
7
× 7 × 7 × 30

2000 4620
= m = 4620 cm3 = l = 4.62 l.
60 1000

70 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
r1 2 h1 5 = 220 × 26 = 5720 cm3
3. r2 = 3 , h = 3 Mass = 5720 × 0.6 g = 3432 g
2
= 3.432 kg.
\
2
V1 Qr 2h ⎛r ⎞ ⎛ h1 ⎞
7. (i) h = 10 m
= 12 1 = ⎜ 1 ⎟ × ⎜ ⎟
V2 Q r2 h2 r ⎝ h2 ⎠
⎝ 2⎠ Inner curved surface area (in m2)
2
5 20 Total cost 2200 2
¥ 2´ = = m
= ¦ µ × = 2 20
§ 3¶ 3 27 Cost per m
i.e., V1 : V2 = 20 : 27. = 110 m2.

4. Let h1 = h, h2 = 3h (ii) p
2 × r × h = 110
Given that V1 = V2 Þ 22
2× × r × 10 = 110
Þ pr 2 p
h1 = r22 h2
7

Þ
1

Þ
7
r12 × h = r22 × 3h r= = 1.75 m.
4

Þ r12
=
3 (iii) Capacity = r2h p
r2 2 1 22 ¥ 7 ´
2
= × ¦ µ × 10 m3
i.e., r1 : r 2 = 3 : 1. 7 § 4¶

= 96.25 m3 = 96.25 kl.


5. Diameter (d) = 7 cm
8. (i) Let us first consider horizontal part
Þ 7
2
r=
cm, h = 4 cm of the article.
Volume of soup filled in one bowl l1 = length = 22 cm,
22 ¥ 7 ´
2 b1 = breadth = 8 + 3 = 11 cm
= × ¦ µ × 4 cm3 h1 = height = 3 cm
7 § 2¶

22 49 Volume of horizontal part = l1b1h1


=
× × 4 cm3 = 22 × 11 × 3 = 726 cm3
7 4
= 154 cm3 Now, we will consider the vertical part.
Soup required for 250 patients l2 = length = 22 cm
= 250 × 154 cm2 b2 = breadth = 3 cm
38500 h2 = height = 5 cm
= 38500 cm3 = litres
= 38.5 litres.
1000 \ Volume of vertical part (segment)
= l2b2h2 = 22 × 3 × 5 = 330 cm3
6. r (inner radius) = 12 cm,
Thus volume of the article
R (outer radius) = 14 cm,
h = 35 cm = 726 + 330 = 1056 cm3.
Volume of wood p
= (R2 – r2) × h (ii) Volume of a cuboid.
22 (iii) Independent, Constructive, Dedica-
= (142 – 122) × 35 tion, Hardworking, Understanding.
7
22 9. Diameter of pencil = 7 mm
= (14 – 12) × (14 + 12) × 35
7
= 22 × 2 × 26 × 5
Þ r1 =
7
2
mm =
7
20
cm

S U R F A C E A R E A S A N D V O L U M E S 71
Volume of the pencil The new volume (V2) of the cone

p × ¥¦§ 207 µ¶´ × 14 cm pr h pr


2
3 1 2 1 2×
= = 2= (2h)
3 3
Diameter of graphite
= 1 mm =
2
3
pr h 2

Þ r2 =
1
2
mm =
1
20
cm. Percentage increase in the volume
V2 – V1
Volume of the graphite = × 100%
V1

2
¥ 1 ´
= ¦ µ × 14 cm3
§ 20 ¶ 2 2 1
Qr h – Qr 2 h
22 1 = 3 3 × 100%
= × × 14 cm3 1 2
7 400 Qr h
3
44
= cm3 = 0.11 cm3 = 100%.
400
3. After revolution, we obtain a shape of
Volume of wood
cone.
= Volume of pencil – Volume of graphite
For such cone,
¨ 2 2 ·
¥ 7 ´ ¥ 1 ´ r = 6 cm
= ©Q s ¦ µ s 14 – Q s¦ µ s 14 ¸ cm3
© § 20 ¶ § 20 ¶ ¸ and h = 10 cm
ª ¹

= pÿ × 14 ¨ 49
© 400

1 ·
cm3 \ Volume = pr h
1 2

ª 400 ¸¹ 3

=
22
× 14
¨ 49 – 1 ·
cm3
=
1
3
p × 36 × 10
© 400 ¸
= 120 p cm .
7 ª ¹ 3

48 4. Volume of the conical glass


= 44 × cm3 = 5.28 cm3.
p
400 1
= r2h
3
WORKSHEET – 46
1 22
= × (3.5)2 × 10
8 3 7
1. (B) r = = 4 cm, l = 5 cm,
2 385
= cm3
h = l2 – r 2 = 3
25 – 16 = 3 cm
Required quantity
Volume =
1 2
3
r h=
1
3
p p× 42 × 3 = 30 × Volume of the glass

= 16 cm3. p = 30 ×
385
3
= 3850 cm3
2. Let radius of the cone = r
= 3.85 l.
Let initial height (h1) = h
Then new height (h2) = 2h 35 7
5. Diameter, d = 3.5 m = m= m
10 2
Initially, the volume (V1) of the cone

=
1
pr h2
1 =
1
pr h2 Þ r=
1
2
×d=
7
4
m, h = 12 m
3 3
72 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
2 1 22
1 22 ¥ 7 ´ = × × 5.25 × 5.25 × 3 m3
Now, capacity = × × ¦ µ × 12
3 7 § 4¶ 3 7

1 22 7 7 12 22 21 21 3
= × × × × = × × m
3 7 4 4 1 7 4 4
77 3 = 86.625 m3.
=
2
m = 38.5 m3
Area of canvas = rl p
= 38.5 kl. 22 21 2
¥ 21 ´
6. Solid obtained is a cone with = × × ¦ µ (3)
2 m2
7 4 § 4 ¶
r = 5 cm, h = 12 cm,
l = 13 cm 33
= × 6.046 m2 = 33 × 3.023 m2
Volume =
1
3
r2 h p 2
= 99.759 m2
1
p
( ) × (5)2 × 12 cm2 9. (i) Diameter = 28 cm
Þ
=
3
p
r = 14 cm
= 100 cm3. Volume = 9856 cm3,
7. h = 9 cm
Volume = 48 cm3 p Þ 1
3
pr h = 9856
2

Þ 1
3
pr 2× p
h = 48 Þ 1
×
22
× (14)2 × h = 9856
3 7
× 9 = 48 Þ
1 2 48
or
3
r r2 =
3
= 16
Þ h=
9856 s 3 s 7

Þ +
r = 4 but r = 4 as r can't be –ve
Þ
22 s 14 s 14

Þ Diameter = 2 r = 2 × 4 = 8 cm.
h = 48 cm.

OR (ii) l = r 2 h2 = (14)2 (48)2


In this case, r = 12 cm, h = 5 cm, l = 13 cm.
= 196 2304 = 2500 = 50 cm.
Volume =
1
3
p
× (12)2 × 5 (iii) Curved surface area = rl p
=
1
3
p
× 144 × 5 =
22
7
× 14 × 50

p
= × 48 × 5 cm3 = 22 × 2 × 50
= 240 cm3 p = 2200 cm2.
Required ratio = 100 : 240 , p p WORKSHEET – 47
= 5 : 12.
8. Diameter d = 10.5 m

Þ r=
d
= 5.25 m
1. (A) Volume =
4
3
pr 3

2
4 22
h= 3m = × × 3.5 × 3.5 × 3.5
3 7
Volume of wheat = Volume of cone
Density = 0.9 g /cm3
=
1
3
r2h p Mass = Volume × Density

S U R F A C E A R E A S A N D V O L U M E S 73
¥4 22 ´ 2 22 35 35 35
= ¦ s s 3.5 s 3.5 s 3.5µ = × × × ×
§3 7 ¶ 3 7 10 10 10
× (0.9) = 89.8 cm3.
= 161.7 g. 6. Diameter, d = 4.2 cm

2. Volume of the sphere =


4
Q(radius)3 Þ r=
d
2
=
4.2
2
= 2.1 cm
3
4 Volume of the metallic ball
= Q(2r)3
3 =
4 3
p
r =
4
×
22
× (2.1)3 cm3
=
32 3
3
ÿp
r .
3
4 22
3 7

= × × 2.1 × 2.1 × 2.1


3. Let radius of the hemisphere = r cm 3 7
Volume of the hemisphere = 19404 cm3 88 s 441
= cm3 = 38.808 cm3
Þ p
2 3 1000
r = 19404
3 Mass of the ball = 38.808 × 8.9 g

Þ 2
3
×
22
× r3 = 19404
= 345.39 g (approx.)
7 7. Let r be the radius of the moon and R

Þ r3 =
19404 s 3 s 7
2 s 22
be the radius of the earth.
Diameter of the moon
Þ r3 = 9261 1
Þ r = 21 cm
=
4
(diameter of the earth)

Now, total surface area of the hemisphere (Given)


p
= 3 r2 Þ 2r =
1
(2R)
22 4
=3× × 21 × 21 (Q Diameter = 2 × radius)
7

4. r = 2.1 cm
= 4158 cm2.
Þ 2r =
1
2
R Þ R = 4r

Volume of the hemispherical bowl 4 3


Qr
=
2 3
3
pr
Volume of the moon
Volume of the earth
= 3
4
=
r3
(R)3
Q(R)3
2 22 3
= × × (2.1)3
3 7 r3 r3
= =
= 19.404 cm3 (4 r )3 64 r 3
Total capacity of 20 bowls 1
= 20 × Volume of the bowl = .
64
= 20 × 19.404 = 388.08 cm3.
 388 cm3 approximately. Þ Volume of the moon =
1
64
volume of

5. Radius of the hemisphere the earth.


7 35 1
= cm = 3.5 cm = cm Therefore, the required fraction is .
2 10 64
8. For the cone, we have
Volume of the hemisphere =
2
3
r3 p r = 2 cm and h = 8 cm

74 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
ASSESSMENT SHEET– 10

6
1. (C) Radius of sphere (r1) = = 3 cm
2

\ Volume of the cone =


1
3
pr h
2 Radius of wire (r2) =
2
2
= 1 mm

p
1 32 Q = 0.1 cm
= (2)2 8 = cm3 Let the length of the wire = h.
3 3
Let the radius of the sphere be R Volume of the wire = Volume of the
sphere
Then volume of the sphere =
4
p
R 3.

According to given condition,


3 Þ pr2
2 h=
4
3
pr1
3

32 Q
cm3 =
4
R3 p Þ (0.1)2 h =
4
3
(3)3
3 3

Þ R = 3 32 Þ h=
4s9
0.01
= 3600 cm

Þ R =2 3
4
Þ R=2
3 Þ h = 36 m.
\ Diameter of the sphere = 2R 2. p2 r 2 = 2772
= 2 × 2 = 4 cm. Þ ÿpr 2
= 1386
7 Total surface area
9. (i) Radius (r) = , Height (h) = 8 cm
2 = Curved surface area
Volume of glass of type C = r2h p + Area of the cross-section

22 7 7
p
= 2 r2 + r2 p
= × × × 8 = 308 cm3 = 2772 + 1386 = 4158 cm2.
7 2 2
3. Let the given radius and height be r
(ii) Volume of hemisphere
and h respectively.
 7 7 7 22
= u u u u = 89.83 cm3 Volume (cylinder) Qr2 h 3
3 2 2 2 7
\ Volume of glass of type A Volume (cone)
=
1 2
Qr h
=
1
= 308 – 89.83 = 218.17 cm3 3
Volume of cone Thus, Volume (cylinder) : Volume (cone)
1 22 7 7 = 3 : 1.
= u u u ×8
3 7 2 2
4. Let the required height be h cm.
= 12.83 cm3
\ Volume of glass of type B
r
Here, 1 =
r2
1
h
Þ
r2 = hr1 ...(i)
= 308 – 12.83 = 295.17 cm3
Thus, the glass of type A has Also,
R
r1
=
2
1
Þ R = 2r1 ...(ii)
minimum capacity.
(iii) Volume of solid figures (Mensura- Volume of water in upper cone
tion) + Volume of water in lower cone
(iv) Honesty. = Volume of either cone

S U R F A C E A R E A S A N D V O L U M E S 75
Þ 13 pr 2
1 × 1+
1
3
pr 2
2 ×h Þ r2 =
15400 s 7
22 s 100
1
= p
R2 × 2
Þ r2 = 7 × 7 Þÿÿ r = 7 cm
3 Area of the metal sheet
Þ r12 + r22 h = 2R2 = Total surface area of the
Þr 2 + h2 r12 × h = 8r12 cylinder
p
1
[From (i) and (ii)] = 2 r(r + h)
Þ 1+ h3 =8 22
Þ h3 =7
=2×
7
× 7 × (7 + 100) cm2

Þ h = 3
7 cm. = 44 × 107 cm2 = 4708 cm2
4708
5. Here, d = 21 cm Þ r=
21
2
cm
=
10000
m2 = 0.4708 m2.

Surface area of the sphere 8. Volume of the earth to be dug out

= 4 r2 p = volume of the well


2  22 × 7 × 7 × 22.5 m = 866.25 m
22 ¥ 21 ´
7 2 2 
3 3
= 4× × ¦ µ =
7 § 2 ¶

22 21 21
Area of the inner curved surface = 2 rh p
= 4× ×
2
×
2  22 7 
 
7
= 2s s s 22.5 m 2 = 495 m2
2
= 1386 cm . 7 2
6. Diameter of spherical ball = 21 cm. \ Cost of plastering the inner curved

\ Radius of spherical ball, r = 212 cm. surface = ` (495 s 3) = ` 1485.


The quality adopted by the farmer Itwari

Volume of ball = pr
4 3
is a social work.
3 9. Radius of the hemispherical bowl,
4 22 21 21 21 R = 9 cm.
× =
× × ×
3 7 2 2 2 Radius of each cylindrical bottle,
3
= 4851 cm . 3
Side of cube = 1 cm. cm.r=
\
2
Volume of the cube = 1 × 1 × 1 cm3 Height of each cylindrical bottle, h = 4 cm.
= 1 cm3.
Volume of water = Volume of the hemi-
4851 spherical bowl
Now, number of cubes = = 4851.
p
1 2
7. h = 1 m = 100 cm. = R3
3
Capacity = 15.4 litres
= 15.4 × 1000 cm3 = p (9) cm
2
3
3 3

= 15400 cm3
Þ p = p × 9 × 9 × 9 cm
2 3
r 2 h = 15400
3
Þ = 486 pÿ cm
22 3
× r2 × 100 = 15400
7

76 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
Volume of a cylindrical bottle ASSESSMENT SHEET– 11
⎛3⎞ ⎛3⎞
= pr2h = p ⎜ ⎟ ⎜ ⎟ × 4 1. (B) Area of the base of the prism
⎝2⎠ ⎝2⎠
= area of a right triangle
= 9 pÿ cm3
\ Number of bottles 1
= × 8 × 15 = 60 cm2
2
Volume of hemispherical bowl
= Volume of the prism
Volume of a cylindrical bottle
= area of the base × height
486π
= = 54. = 60 × 20 = 1200 cm3

OR 2. Let the required number of cubes = x
Volume of x small cubes
Let the radius of the base of ice cream cone
= x cm. = Volume of the large cube
Then, height of the conical ice cream Þ x × 53 = 203
= 2 × diameter = 2 (2x) = 4x cm. 20 × 20 × 20
Volume of ice cream in 1 cone Þ x= = 64.
5×5×5
= Vol. of conical portion
3. Number of bullets
+ Vol. of hemispherical portion
Volume of rectangular solid
1 2 =
= p x2 (4x) + px3 Volume of one bullet
3 3
4 Qx3 2 9 s 11 s 12
= + px3 = 3
s Q s ¥¦ ´µ
3 3 4 0.6
3 § 2 ¶
6 Qx 3
= = 2px3 cm3
3 9 s 11 s 12 s 3 s 7 s 2 s 2 s 2
Diameter of cylindrical container =
4 s 22 s 0.6 s 0.6 s 0.6
= 12 cm = 10500.
Its height h = 15 cm. 4. Let the height of the cylinder = H
\ Volume of cylindrical container Let the common radius = R
= pr2h = p(6)2 15 = 540 p Volume of the whole solid
Number of children = 3 × Volume of the cone
Volume of cylindrical container 1 1
= Þ p R2 h + pR2 H = 3 × pR2 h
Volume of ice cream cone in 1 cone 3 3
2
540Q Þ pR2 H = pR2 h
Þ 10 = 3
2Qx3
2h
Þ 10x3 = 270 Þ H=
3
270
Þ x3 = = 27 2h
10 Hence, the height of the cylinder is .
Þ x3 = 27 Þ x3 = 33 3
Þ x= 3 5. r = 0.7 m
\ Diameter of ice cream cone C.S.A. = 4.4 m2
= 2x = 2(3) = 6 cm.
S U R F A C E A R E A S A N D V O L U M E S 77
Þ 2pr × h = 4.4 Þ 121 + 2(lb + bh + lh) = 361
22 7 44 Þ 2 (lb + bh + lh) = 361 – 121
Þ 2× × × h=
= 240.
7 10 10
44 44 Hence, the surface area of the cuboid
Þ × h= is 240 cm2.
10 10
8. Here AG = 22 cm, GH = 2 cm, HI = 5 cm,
Þ h= 1 m.
IJ = 8 cm and JK = 3 cm.
6. See Worksheet-42, Sol-9. Now, volume of upper cuboid GHICPAB
7. Internal radius (r) = AG × GH × HI
of the vessel = 22 × 2 × 5 cu. cm
24 = 220 cu. cm ...(i)
= = 12 cm
2
External radius (R) of the vessel
25
= = 12.5 cm
2
\ The surface area of the vessel
= Outer curved surface area
+ Inner C.S.A + Area of ring
= 2pr + 2pR2 + p(R2 – r2)
2

= 2p(r2 + R2) + p(R + r)(R – r)


= 2p(122 + (12.5)2) + p(12.5
+ 12)(12.5 – 12)
= 2p(144 + 156.25) + p(24.5) × (0.5) Volume of lower cuboid
= p[2(300.25) + (12.25)] = PD × CI × JK
= p[600.50 + 12.25] = p[612.75] = (PC + CD) × AG × JK
22 = (GH + IJ) × 22 × 3
= × 612.75 = 1925.79 cm2
7 = (2 + 8) × 22 × 3 cu. cm
Cost of painting on 1 cm2 = ` 0.05 = 660 cu. cm ...(ii)
\ Cost of painting on 1925.79 cm2 Thus total volume of the piece
= ` 1925.79 × 0.05 = ` 96.29. = (220 + 660) cu. cm
OR = 880 cu. cm. [Using (i) and (ii)]
Let the length, breadth and height of 9. Length of cylinder = 48 cm.
the cube be l cm, b cm and h cm Diameter of copper wire = 4 mm
respectively.
= 0.4 cm.
Then, l + b + h = 19 ... (i) So, one round of wire will cover the
Now, diagonal = 11 cm. surface 0.4 cm thick.
Þ l2 b2 h2 = 11 \ Number of rounds to cover 48 cm
Þ 48
l2 b2 h2 = 121 ... (ii) = = 120
0.4
Now, l + b + h = 19 (Given) Diameter of cylinder = 10 cm.
Þ (l + b + h)2 = (19)2
Length of the wire in one round
(Squaring)
= Circumference of the base of the
Þ l2 + b2 + h2 + 2(lb + bh + lh) cylinder
= 361
78 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
= p × 10 cm = 10p cm. 4. The bullet is in the shape of sphere.
\ Length of the wire to cover the whole Number of bullets
surface Volume of the cube
=
= Length of wire in 120 rounds Volume of one bullet
= 10 p × 120 = 1200 p cm. 22 s 22 s 22
=
Radius of the copper wire 4 22
s s1s1s1
4 3 7
= mm = 0.2 cm
2 22 s 22 s 22 s 3 s 7
=
\ Volume of the wire 4 s 22
= p(0.2)2 × 1200p cu. cm = 2541.
1
= 48p2 cu. cm 5. Volume of a cone = pr2h
3
Mass of the wire Let r1 and r2 be the radii of the two
= Volume × specific gravity cones.
= 48p2 × 8.80 g = 422.4p2 g. r1 3
Then, r2 = 5
CHAPTER TEST r12 9
Þ =
r22 25
1. (A) Radius (r) of the sphere
1 r2
1
= × side of the cube
Q 1 sh r2
3
2 \ Ratio of volumes = = 12
1 r2
1 Q s h r2
= × 5 cm. 3 2
2
Volume of the sphere 9
= .
3 25
4 3 4 ¥ 5´
= pr = p × ¦§ µ¶ Hence, ratio of volumes of the two cones
3 3 2 is 9 : 25.
125Q 6. See Worksheet-46, Sol-7.
= cm3.
6 7. Volume of a cuboid = (18 × 12 × 9) m3
2. Let the side of the cube = a units Volume of each cube of 3 metre edge
Volume = Surface area = (3)3 = 27 m3
Þ a3 = 6a2 Let the required number of cubes = n,
Þ a3 – 6a2 = 0 then
Þ a2 (a – 6) = 0 n × 27 = 18 × 12 × 9
Þ a = 0 or a = 6 units 18 s 12 s 9
but a cannot be zero. Þ n =
27
\ a = 6 units 1944
= = 72.
\ 3
Volume = a = 216 cu. units. 27
3. Number of cones 8. r = 0.25 m, h = 3.5 m
Volume of the cylinder Curved surface of the pillar
= = 2 prh
Volume of a cone
22 25 35 2
QR2 H =2× × × m
= = 3. 7 100 10
1 2
QR H 11 2
3 = m = 5.5 m2
2
S U R F A C E A R E A S A N D V O L U M E S 79
Cost of painting = ` 12.50 × 5.5 165
= = 0.05 cm
= ` 68.75. 3300
= 0.5 mm
21
9. Radius, r = 10.5 = cm Thus, the thickness of the paint on the
2 cap is 0.5 mm.
22 21 (ii) Let the required volumes be x, 2x
Slant height, l = pr = × = 33 cm
7 2 and 3x.
Curved surface area of the cap \ x + 2x + 3x = 54.45
S = prl = l × l = l2 Þ x =
54.45
= 9.075
= 33 × 33 cm2 6
\ 2x = 2 × 9.075 = 18.15
Volume of mixture V = 54.45 cm3
and 3x = 27.225
(i) The painting on the cap is done
So, the required volumes are 9.075 ml,
uniformely, so the thickness of the paint
18.15 ml and 27.225 ml.
on the cap must be uniform (identical)
(iii) (a) Volume of a uniform solid is
Let it be h.
equal to product of its base area and
\ S×h =V height.
Þ 33 × 33 × h = 54.45 (b) Curved surface area of a right circular
54.45 5445 cone.
Þ h= =
33 u 33 33 u 33 u 100 (iv) Constructive thoughtful, Creator
and Entertainer.
qq

80 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
Chapter

7 PROBABILITY

WORKSHEET – 51 P(the boundary is not hit) =


24 4
= .
30 5
1. (B) Total number of elements in the
given set = 10 6. Total number of students = 40.
The even numbers in the set are 2, 4, 6, Number of students born in August = 3.
8 and 10 P (A student of the class was born in August)
Number of even numbers = 5 3
= .
Probability of choosing an even number 40
5 1 7. Total number of trials (tosses) = 500
= = .
10 2 No. of heads = 280
2. In a single throw of a die, multiple of 3
\ No. of tails = 500 – 280 = 220
are 3 and 6. (i) Probability of getting a head
Required probability No. of heads
=
Number of favourable events Total no. of tosses
= Number of all possible events

2 1
Þ P (head) =
280
500
=
14
25
.
= = .
6 3 No. of tails
3. After removing the cards, number of (ii) P (tail) =
Total no. of tosses
cards of clubs = 13 – 3 = 10
220 11
After removing the cards, number of all = = .
500 25
cards = 52 – 3 = 49
8. (i) There are 6 possible ways in which a
\ Required probability =
10
49
. die can fall, i.e., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
There is only one way of throwing 3.
Total number of outcomes = 6
4. Number of all possible outcomes
= 6 × 6 = 36
\ The required probability
Favourable outcomes are {(2, 3), (2, 6), Number of favourable outcomes
=
(3, 2), (3, 4), (3, 6), (4, 3), (4, 6), (6, 2), Total number of possible outcomes
(6, 3), (6, 4), (6, 6)
\ Number of favourable outcomes = 11 =
1
6
.
Hence, required probability
(ii) Number of outcomes of falling even
Number of favourable outcomes number, i.e., 2, 4, 6 = 3.
= Number of all possible outcomes
3 1
The required probability = = .
11 6 2
= .
36 9. Here S = {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, ......, 25}
5. Total number of trails or chances = 30 \ n(S) = 25
Number of chances when the boundary The prime numbers from 1 to 25 are:
is not hit = 30 – 6 = 24. 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23.

P R O B A B I L I T Y 81
Let E = event of getting a prime number Therefore, probability of choosing a bag
\ n(E) = 9 containing more than 5 kg of flour

Now, P(E) =
n(E) = 9 Number of bags containing
n(S) 25 more than 5 kg flour
= = 7 .
Required probability that the selected Total number of bags 11
number is not a prime number
6. Total number of trials = 250.
= 1 – the probability that the number
Number of chances favouring 2 heads
selected is a prime number
16 = 72
= 1 – 9 = 25 – 9 =
25 25 25
.
\ Required probability=
72
=
36
250 125
.

WORKSHEET– 52 7. Total number of students = 90


(i) Number of students obtained less
1. (C) Total number of trials (tosses) = 500
than 20% marks = 7
No. of heads = 280
\ No. of tails = 500 – 280 = 220 \ Required probability = 7
90
(i) Probability of getting a head
(ii) Number of students obtained 60 marks
No. of heads
= or more = 15 + 8 = 23
Total no. of tosses

Þ P (head) =
280
=
14
.
\ Required probability =
23
90
.
500 25
8. (i) Let area of the wheel be A.
No. of tails
(ii) P (tail) = (a) Area of the region “play”
Total no. of tosses
11 30q A
= 220 = . =
360q
×A=
12
500 25
2. P (the marble drawn is green)
\ Required probability = A A/ 12 = 121
Number of green marbles
=
Sum of all blue and green marbles (b) Area of the region “school”
4 4 2 75q 5A
= = = . = ×A=
6 4 10 5 360q 24
3. No. of aces in the deck = 4
4 1
\ Required probability =
5A/24 1
A
=
24
Required probability = = .
52 13 (c) Area of the region “others”
4. Total number of outcomes = 52 60q A
There are 26 red cards having 2 queens. = ×A=
360q 6
Other two queens are black.
Therefore, number of cards having neither \ Required probability = A/6
A
=
1
6
a red card nor a queen = 52 – 26 – 2 = 24 (ii) (a) Time spent in playing
Thus, number of favourable outcomes = 24
30q
24 6 = × 24 hours = 2 hours
Now, required probability = = . 360q
52 13
5. Total number of bags = 11 (b) Time devoted in homework
Number of bags containing more than 75q
5 kg of flour = 7. = × 24 hours = 5 hours
360q

82 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
(iii) Rashmi gave sufficient time to each No. of favourable outcomes = 3
activity. The time duration of playing is
only two hours a day is a good thinking. \ P (getting at least one head) = 3
4
.
I think her plan is ‘very good’ 5. Number of outcomes in the sample
(iv) Accountability, Rationality space = 36
9. (i) Total number of families = 1500 Possible doublets are:
(1, 1), (2, 2), (3, 3), (4, 4), (5, 5), (6, 6)
Number of families having 2 girls
Number of these doublets = 6
= 475
P(a family having 2 girls) =
475 \ P (getting a doublet) =
6
36 6
= .
1
1500
6. From the given data, the frequency
= 19
60 distribution table is as below:
(ii) Number of families having 1 girl Blood Tally Frequency or
= 814 group Marks number of students
P(a family having 1 girl) = 814 = 407 A IIII IIII 9
1500 750
B IIII I 6
(iii) Number of families having no girl
O IIII IIII II 12
= 211
AB III 3
P (a family having no girl) = 211 . Total number of students = 30
1500
Sum of the probabilities The number of students having their
= 475 + 814 + 211 = 1500 = 1. blood group AB = 3.
1500 1500 1500 1500
ÿÿÿÿÿÿÿ\ The probability that a student,
selected at random, has his blood group
ASSESSMENT SHEET–12
3 1
AB = = .
1. (C) Total number of numbers = 100 30 10
Prime numbers between 1 and 20 are: 7. Outcomes in the sample space are given
2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19. by {HHH, HHT, HTH, HTT, THH, THT,
\ P(card is a prime less than 20) TTH, TTT}
=
8
=
2
.
\ Number of outcomes in the sample
100 25 space = 8
All possible outcomes having at least
2. P(the boundary is not hit) = 30 – 6 one head are
30
4 {HHH, HHT, HTH, HTT, THH, THT, TTH}
24
=
30
= .
5 \ Number of all possible outcomes
having at least one head = 7
3. All possible outcomes are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6.
Numbers greater than 3 are 4, 5, 6. \ P (getting at least one head) = .
7
8
P (getting a number greater than 3)
3 1 8. Total number of tickets = 100
= = .
6 2 Multiples of 3 from 1 to 100 are:
4. All possible outcomes are: 3, 6, 9, ......, 99
{HH, HT, TT, TH} 3)100(33
No. of all possible outcomes = 4
Favourable outcomes are: {HH, HT, TH}
99
1
\33 multiples of 3

P R O B A B I L I T Y 83
3. We know that the sum of the proba-
5)100(20
100 bilities of occurring and non-occurring
× \ 20 multiples of 5 an event is one. So, according to the
question,
15)100(6 x 2
+ =1
90
10
\ 6 multiples of 15 2 3

Multiple of 3 or 5 are 33 + 20 – 6 = 47.


Þ x
2
= 1–
2
3
Hence, probability of drawing a ticket,
whose marked number is a multiple of Þ x=
2
3
.
47
3 or 5 = .
100 4. As |x|< 2, x = – 1, 0, 1
9. Number of days in leap year = 366.
Total number of outcomes = 7
Now, 366 days = 52 weeks and 2 days.
Number of favourable outcomes = 3
The remaining two days can be one of
the following seven cases: \ P (|x|< 2) =
3
7
.
(i) Sunday and Monday
(ii) Monday and Tuesday 5. See Worksheet-52, Sol-5.
(iii) Tuesday and Wednesday 6. From the given data, the frequency
(iv) Wednesday and Thursday distribution table is made as below:
(v) Thursday and Friday Concentration of
(vi) Friday and Saturday Frequency
SO2 (in ppm)
(vii) Saturday and Sunday.
0.00-0.04 4
For a leap year to contain 53 Sundays,
0.04-0.08 9
last two days are either Sunday and
0.08-0.12 9
Monday or Saturday and Sunday. 0.12-0.16 2
\ Number of such favourable outcomes 0.16-0.20 4
= 2. 0.20-0.24 2
Total number of possible outcomes = 7. Total = 30
\ P(a leap year containing 53 Sundays)
2 Number of days when the concentration
= . of level of sulphur dioxide is in the
7
interval 0.12-0.16 = 2.
ASSESSMENT SHEET– 13 \ The required probability, i.e.,
1. (B) P(0.12-0.16) = 2 = 1 .
2. There are 4 kings out of 52 playing 30 15
cards.
7. Let H denotes head and T denotes tail.
\ Total no. of all possible outcomes = 52
So, on tossing two coins simultaneously,
And no. of favourable outcomes = 4
\ P (getting a king from a well shuffled
all the possible outcomes are:
HH, HT, TH, TT.
deck of 52 cards)
4 1 (i) The probability of getting two heads
= = . = P(HH)
52 13

84 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
No. of outcomes of occurring \ The probability of a student, chosen
two heads 135 27
= at random, likes Statistics = = .
Total number of possible 200 40
outcomes
1 (ii) Number of students who dislike
= . Statistics = 65.
4
(ii) The probability of getting at least
\ The probability that a student,
chosen at random, dislikes Statistics
one head
= P(HT or TH or HH) 65 13
= = .
200 40
No. of outcomes of occurring at
least one head
=
Total number of possible outcomes
CHAPTER TEST

3 1. (C) No. of red balls = 4


=
4
.
\ No. of favourable outcomes = 4
(iii) The probability of getting no head Total no. of all balls = 4 + 2 = 6
= P(TT) \ No. of all possible outcomes = 6
No. of outcomes of occurring P (getting a red ball)
no head
= = No. of favourable outcomes
Total number of possible outcomes No. of all possible outcomes
1 4 2
= . = = .
4 6 3

8. Randomly drawing of blocks ensures 2. On throwing a die, the sample space is


equally likely outcomes. given by {1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6}
(i) The number of outcomes representing The favourable outcomes are: 2, 4, 6.
A=2 P (coming up an even number)
Total number of possible outcomes = 6 3 1
= = .
P(A) 6 2

Number of favourable outcomes 3. Let H denotes the head and T denotes


= the tail. On tossing two coins, the
Total number of possible outcomes
sample space is given by {HH, HT, TH,
2 1 TT}
= = .
6 3 The outcome of getting "head-head" is
(ii)Number of outcomes representing only HH.
D = 1
Total number of possible outcomes = 6 \ P (getting HH) = 1
4
.

\ P(D) =
1
6
. 4. The total number of ladies = 200
The number of ladies who dislike coffee
(iii) Letters B, C and E have the same
probability as the letter D. = 118

9. Total number of students = 200.


\ P (a randomly chosen lady dislikes coffee)
(i) The number of students who like 118 59
= = .
Statistics = 135. 200 100

P R O B A B I L I T Y 85
5. Total number of trials = 200. Number of favourable outcomes
Number of chances favouring 2 heads =
Total number of possible outcomes
= 72 1
Probability of getting 2 heads coming up = .
6
72 9 (ii) Number of outcomes of falling even
= = .
200 25 number, i.e., 2, 4, 6 = 3.
6. All possible outcomes are: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 3 1
The required probability = = .
Favourable outcomes are: 1, 2, 3, 4 6 2
Probability of getting a number less than
9. (i) Marks 98.11% and 98.89% are
4 2 associated with the months February and
5 in a single throw of a die = = .
6 3 May respectively. So the number of
7. Number of all possible outcomes favourable outcomes = 2.
= 6 × 6 = 36 Number of all possible outcomes
(i) Favourable outcomes for 9 are = Total number of marksheets = 6
(3, 6), (4, 5), (5, 4) and (6, 3)
\ Number of favourable outcomes = 4 \ Required probability = 2 1
6 3
4 1
Now, P(getting a sum of 9) = = . (ii) There is no marksheet associated with
36 9 the month of July.
8. (i) There are 6 possible ways in which
a die can fall, i.e., 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
\ Required probability = 0
There is only one way of throwing 3. (iii) The probability of an impossible event
is zero.
Total number of outcomes = 6
\ The required probability (iv) Brilliant student.
qq

86 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
Chapter

8 STATISTICS

WORKSHEET– 56 The most common blood group is ‘O’


as it has maximum frequency and the
1. (C) rarest blood group is ‘AB’ with
2. Frequency frequency 3.
3. 15.00 hrs, 19.00 hrs.
8. (i) Relative Tally Frequency
4. (i) Decrease in percentage
humidity marks
= 99 – 98 ×100% = 1.01%. 84-86 I 1
99
(ii) Increase in percentage 86-88 I 1
88-90 II 2
= 104 – 100 ×100% = 4%. 90-92 II 2
100
5. (i) variate 92-94 IIII II 7
(ii) 12 94-96 IIII I 6
Range = maximum value of the variable 96-98 IIII II 7
– minimum value of the variable 98-100 IIII 4
= 15 – 3 = 12. Total 30
6. Class size = Difference between class
(ii) The data appears to be taken in
marks of two adjacent classes
the rainy season as the relative
= 115 – 105 = 10. humidity is high.
We need classes of size 10 with class (iii) Range = 99.2 – 84.9 = 14.3%.
marks 105, 115, 125,.....,175 . Thus, class
9. Arranging the marks in ascending
1
limits for the first class are 105 – (10) order, we get
2
11, 12, 15, 16, 18, 19, 20, 22, 22, 22,
1 23, 27, 27, 27, 29, 29, 29, 31, 31, 33,
and 105 + (10), i.e., 100 and 110.
2 35, 37, 40, 43, 47, 49, 50, 51, 56, 58.
Therefore, the first class is 100-110. (i) Inclusive form
Hence classes are 100-110, 110-120,
Frequency distribution of marks:
120-130, 130-140, 140-150, 150-160,
160-170, 170-180. Marks
(Class intervals) Tally Marks Frequency
7. Blood group Tally marks Number of
students 11-20 IIII II 7
A IIII IIII 9 21-30 IIII IIII 10
B IIII I 6 31-40 IIII I 6
O IIII IIII II 12 41-50 IIII 4
AB III 3 51-60 III 3
Total 30 Total 30

S T A T I S T I C S 87
(ii) Exclusive form (ii) The most frequently occurring digits
Frequency distribution of marks: are 3 and 9. The least occurring is 0.
Marks 6. Since the class size is the difference
(Class intervals) Tally Marks Frequency between the any two consecutive class
10.5-20.5 IIII II 7 marks, so the class size = 52 – 47 = 5.
20.5-30.5 IIII IIII 10 \ The lower limit of the first class
30.5-40.5 IIII I 6
¥ 5´
40.5-50.5 IIII 4 = 47 – ¦ µ = 44.5
§ 2¶
50.5-60.5 III 3
Total 30 and the upper limit of the first class
¥ 5´
WORKSHEET– 57 = 47 + ¦ µ
§ 2¶
= 49.5

1. (D) First class interval is 0-5, second Therefore, the class limits are
class interval is 5-10, third class interval 44.5-49.5, 49.5-54.5, 54.5-59.5,
is 10-15, etc.
59.5-64.5, 64.5-69.5, 69.5-74.5,
2. The variables in the class interval 15-
74.5-79.5, 79.5-84.5, 84.5-89.5,
20 are 15 and 17 only.
89.5-94.5, 94.5-99.5, 99.5-104.5.
3. C.I. f cf
This being the exclusive form of
10-20 7 7
frequency distribution. True class limits
20-30 11 18
30-40 20 38 are the same as the class limits.
40-50 46 84 7. (i) Concentration of sulphur Frequency
50-60 57 141 dioxide (in ppm)
60-70 37 178
70-80 22 200 0.00-0.04 4
From the table, the cumulative frequency 0.04-0.08 9
of the class interval 50-60 is 141. 0.08-0.12 9
5
4. Limits for the first class are 52 – and 0.12-0.16 2
2
0.16-0.20 4
52 + 5 , i.e., 49.5 and 54.5.
2 0.20-0.24 2
So, first class interval is 49.5-54.5. Total 30
Similarly, the second class interval is
54.5-59.5. (ii) The concentration of sulphur dioxide
5. (i) Digits Frequency was more than 0.11 ppm for (2 + 4 + 2 =)
8 days.
0 2
1 5 8. Range = maximum value of the variable
2 5 – minimum value of the variable
3 8 = 38 – 10 = 28
4 4 Range
5 5 Number of class intervals =
6 4 Class size
7 4 28
= =7
8 5 4
9 8 We can take 10-13 as first class
Total 50 interval.

88 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
Frequency distribution: Class interval Tally Marks Frequency
Marks
5-15 IIII 5
(Class intervals) Tally marks Frequency
15-25 IIII III 8
10-13 IIII 5
25-35 IIII 5
14-17 IIII III 8 35-45 III 3
18-21 IIII III 8 45-55 III 3
22-25 IIII II 7 55-65 I 1
26-29 IIII 5
30-33 IIII 4 Total 25
34-37 II 2
38-41 I 1 WORKSHEET– 58
Total 40
1. (D)
9. Arranging the electricity bills in ascending
2. 8
order, we get
5, 8, 10, 12, 14, 15, 16, 18, 20, 22, 22, 24, 24, 3. 3 : 4 : 6 : 2 : 5
25, 25, 27, 30, 30, 36, 42, 44, 45, 47, 50, 56. 4. Colony A has the tallest bar as it contains
maximum number of pupils, i.e., 400.
Maximum value of the bill = ` 56.
Colony D has the shortest bar as it con-
Minimum value of the bill = ` 5.
tains minimum number of pupils, i.e., 50.
\ Range = 56 – 5 = ` 51.
Let us suppose that we want to make 7 5.
class intervals.
Now, Range ¸ Number of class
51 2
=
=7
7 7
\ We take the size of each class = 8.
We now make two frequency tables.
(i) Inclusive form:

Class interval Tally Marks Frequency


5-12 IIII 4
13-20 IIII 5 6. Let the amount spent (in `) on
21-28 IIII II 7 football, hockey, cricket, basketball and
29-36 III 3 volleyball be 3x, 4x, 6x, 2x and 5x
37-44 II 2 respectively.
45-52 III 3 \ 3x + 4x + 6x + 2x + 5x = 200000
53-60 I 1 Þ x = 10000
Total 25 (i) Amount spent on hockey = 4x
(ii) Exclusive form: = ` 40000.
In this case, we start with 5 and (ii) Amount spent on cricket = 6x
make 6 classes each of size = 10. = ` 60000.

S T A T I S T I C S 89
7. Daily earnings
(in rupees) No. of workers

0.5-50.5 3
50.5-100.5 7
100.5-150.5 4
150.5-200.5 5
200.5-250.5 4
250.5-300.5 3
300.5-350.5 2
350.5-400.5 2
The required histogram is shown below.
8. (i) The histogram is shown here.

WORKSHEET – 59
1. (A) On x-axis, the y-coordinate of each
point is zero.
(ii) Required number of lamps 2. 0 to 6
= 74 + 62 + 48 3. In a continuous class interval the lower
= 184. limit is included but the upper limit is
not included in the interval.
9. As the given distribution is discontinu-
ous, we shall first change it to a con- 4. We will take class intervals along y-axis
tinuous distribution. To do this, we take and frequency along x-axis.
half of the difference of the lower limit 5. (i) Expenditure on wheat = 35%
of second class and the upper limit of Expenditure on pulses = 20%
¨ 51 – 50 · Excess of expenditure on wheat
first class. Here it is 0.5 © .
ª 2 ¸¹
than that on pulses = 35 – 20 ×100%
Proceeding this way, we get the fol- 20
lowing distribution. = 75%.

90 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
(ii) Total percentage expenditure on 8. Daily pocket Class Frequency
pulses and ghee = (20 + 15)% = 35%. expenses of a mark (no. of students)
6. Steps to plot a frequency polygon: student (in `)
(a) Consider a histogram of given data 0-5 2.5 10
(say) with six adjacent rectangles. 5-10 7.5 16
(b) We join the mid-points of the upper 10-15 12.5 30
sides of the adjacent rectangles of the
15-20 17.5 42
histogram by means of line segments.
20-25 22.5 50
Let us call the mid-points in step (b) be
B, C, D, E, F and G. We obtain the 25-30 27.5 30
figure BCDEFG. 30-35 32.5 16
(c) To complete the polygon, we join B 35-40 37.5 12
to A and G to H. Here, A and H are the
Now, we plot the ordered pairs (2.5, 10),
mid-points of class intervals with
frequency zero before the class interval (7.5, 16), (12.5, 30), (17.5, 42), (22.5,
corresponding to the point B and after 50), (27.5, 30), (32.5, 16), (37.5, 12).
the class interval corresponding to the
point G respectively.

ABCDEFGH is the frequency polygon


corresponding to the given data.
7. We represent the names of educations
(variable) on the horizontal axis (the
We also plot the ordered pairs (– 2.5, 0)
x-axis) and the expenditure (value) on
and (42.5, 0). On joining all these points
the vertical axis (the y-axis).
by line segments, we obtain the required
frequency polygon which is shown above.
9. The class mark of the classes 20-29,
30-39, 40-49, 50-59, 60-69, 70-79 are 24.5,
34.5, 44.5, 54.5, 64.5, 74.5 respectively.
The corresponding frequencies for clubs
A and B are 5, 10, 15, 10, 20, 5 and 10,
15, 10, 5, 10, 15 respectively.
For the club A, the frequency polygon is
drawn by joining the points: (14.5, 0),
(24.5, 5), (34.5, 10), (44.5, 15), (54.5,
10), (64.5, 20), (74.5, 5), (84.5, 0).

S T A T I S T I C S 91
5. The positive factors of 12 are 1, 2, 3, 4,
6, 12.

\ Mean = x =
¤ xi
n
= 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 6 +12
6
28 14 2
= = or 4
6 3 3
Hence, the mean of all positive factors
2
For the club B, the frequency polygon is of 12 is 4 .
drawn by joining the points: (14.5, 0), 3
(24.5, 10), (34.5, 15), (44.5, 10), (54.5, OR
5), (64.5, 10), (74.5, 15), (84.5, 0). Since, on replacing the observation 50
by 50, the sum of the observations will
WORKSHEET– 60 remain same. Hence the mean will also
be remain same, that is, 50.
1. (C) As 17 is the mean of 10, q, 16, 26, ¤ xi
12 and 20 6. x =
n
\ 10 + q +16 + 26 +12 + 20
6
= 17 =
x +( x + 2) +( x + 4) +( x +6) +( x +8)
5
Þ 84 + q = 17 × 6 or 24 = 5 x + 20 [Mean = 24 (given)]
Þ q = 18. 5
or 120 = 5x + 20
2. First 'n' even natural numbers are or 5x = 100 or x = 20
2, 4, 6, 8, ....., 2n Hence, the value of x is 20.
2 + 4 + 6 + 8 +......... + 2n 7. The given table shows the demand of
Mean = biscuits on different number of days.
n
To find the average, we prepare the
2(1+ 2 + 3 + 4 +....... + n) following table:
=
n
Daily demand Frequency
2 n(n +1) fixi
= = n(n + 1) (xi) ( fi)
2
= n2 + n. 12 36 432
17 160 2720
3. Required mean = 2 + 3 + 5 + 7 +11 21 92 1932
5
27 56 1512
= 28 = 5.6. 30 26 780
5
4. Average wage paid per day
∑ fi = 370 ∑ fi xi = 7376
= 18 ×12 +10 ×13.5 + 5 × 25 + 2 × 42 x =
∑ fi xi =
7376
= 19.94
18 + 10 + 5 + 2 ∑ fi 370
560
= = ` 16. Hence, average (or mean) number of
35 biscuits demanded = 19.94.

92 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
8. Let us rearrange the given data as below: Þ 530 + 20a = 515 + 20.6a
Þ 530 – 515 = 20.6a – 20a
x fi fixi
Þ 15 = 0.6a Þ a = 25.
10 3 30 9. (i) Required number of students
15 10 150 = 8 + 32 = 40
20 a 20a (ii) Here, we notice that classes are
25 7 175 continuous but class-size is not the same
35 5 175 for all the classes. We notice minimum
class-size is of class 45-50, i.e., 5. We will
∑ fi = 25 + a ∑ fi xi = 530 + 20a first find proportionate length of
rectangle (adjusted frequency) for each
\ Mean =
∑ fi xi class.
∑ fi Length of rectangle (adjusted frequency)

Þ 530 + 20a Frequency of class


20.6 = = × Minimum class-size
25 + a Width of class
. . Therefore, the value of the 13th entry
[ . Mean = 20.6 (given)]
Þ 20.6 (25 + a) = 530 + 20a
is 29.

Marks Number of students Width of class Length of rectangle


(C.I.) (f) (class-size)
8
0-10 8 10 ×5=4
10
32
10-30 32 20 ×5=8
20
18
30-45 18 15 ×5=6
15
10
45-50 10 5 × 5 = 10
5
Now, we construct rectangles with respective class-intervals as widths and adjusted
frequencies as heights.
Histogram representing marks obtained by students in unit test of Mathematics.

(iii) Hardwork, Dilligence.


S T A T I S T I C S 93
WORKSHEET– 61 If 2 is added to each number, then the
observations become
1. (B) Let the 40 items be x1, x2, x3,....., x40. x1 + 2, x2 + 2, x3 + 2, ......... , x16 + 2

As
x1 x2 x3 ......... x40
= 35 ...(i)
\ New mean
40 x1 + 2 + x2 + 2 + x3 + 2 + ....... + x16 + 2
\ New mean
=
16
ax1 ax2 ......... ax40 x1 + x2 + ........ + x16 + 32
= =
40 16
a( x1 x2 ......... x40 ) 128 + 32
Þ 40
=
16
=
160
16
= 10
= a × 35 [Using (i)] Thus, the new mean is 10.
Hence, the new mean will be 35a.
6. Let the observations be x1, x2, x3, ......., x21.
2. According to the given conditions,
x1 + x2 + x3 + ...... + x21
x1 + x2 + x3 + ............ + xn = A × n Mean x = = 15
\ (x + a) (x1 + x2 + x3 + .....+ xn) = (x + a) An Þ
21
x1 + x2 + x3 + ....... + x21 = 315

\ (x a)x 1 (x a) x2 (x a) x3 ..... (x a) xn If each observation is multiplied by 2,


then the observations become
n
= (x + a)A 2x1, 2x2, 2x3, ...... 2x21
Thus, the new average is (x + a) A. 2 x1 + 2 x2 + 2 x3 + ...... + 2 x21
New mean =
21
3. Sum of 10 observations having the
2( x1 + x2 + x3 + ...... + x21 )
mean as 20 = 10 × 20 = 200 =
21
Sum of another 15 observations having
315
the mean as 16 = 15 × 16 = 240 = 2× = 2 × 15 = 30
21
Thus the sum of these 25 observations
Thus, the new mean is 30.
= 440
7. Mean score of nine innings = 58
Hence, the required mean = 440
25
= 17.6. \ Total score of nine innings = 58 × 9
4. We know that = 522
¤ xi \
Mean score of 10 innings = 61
x= n ÿÞ S
xi = n × x ÿ Total runs of ten innings = 61 × 10
= 610
Hence, n = 40, x = 60 Difference = 610 – 522 = 88
\S xi = 40 × 60 = 2400 Hence, 88 runs to be scored in the tenth
S
But this value of xi was incorrect as innings.
48 was misread as 84. OR
\ S
Correct value of xi = 2400 – 84 + 48 We know that
= 2364
∑ xi Þ
Hence, correct mean is 2364 = 59.1.
x =
n ∑ xi = n × x
40 Here, n = 25 and x = 78.4
5. Let the numbers be x1, x2, x3, ......, x16
\ ∑x i = 78.4 × 25 = 1960
x x2 x3 ...... x16
Given that 1 =8 But this value, that is, 1960 of ∑ xi
16
or x1 + x2 + x3 + ....... + x16 = 128 was incorrect as 96 was misread as 69.

94 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
\ Correct value of ∑ x = (1960 – 69 + 96)
i WORKSHEET– 62
= 1987 1. (B) Rearranging the data in ascending
1987 order, we have
Hence, correct mean = = 79.48.
25 9, 13, 15, 21
8. (i) Let us converge the given data into Median = 13 + 15 = 28 = 14.
frequency distribution table. 2 2
2. Rearranging the data in descending
Hours (xi) Frequency (fi) fixi
order, we have
5 3 15 27, 25, 24, 23, 21
18 10 180 Median = Value of middle term
20 6 120 = Value of 3rd term = 24.
12 28 336 3. Number of observations = 11
40 3 120 So, the middle term is the sixth term

Sÿ fi = 50 Sÿ fixi = 771 \
which is x.
x = 63.
6 fi xi 771 4. Squares of first five natural numbers is
Mean x = = = 15.42
6 fi 50 1, 4, 9, 16, 25
Thus the required mean time is 15.42
Median = Value of middle term
hours per week.
= Value of 3rd term = 9.
(ii) Mean of observations is the sum of
product of all the observations and their 5. Arranging the given observations in
corresponding frequencies divided by ascending order, we get
sum of frequencies. 3, 5, 7, 8, 12, 14, 17.
(iii) Social work. Here n = 7, which is odd.
9. Rewriting the given data, we have
x f fx
\ § 2 ¶
th

§ 2 ¶
th
Median = ¥ n +1 ´ item = ¥ 7 +1 ´ item

2 3 6 = 4th item = 8.
4 2 8 OR
6 3 18 Arranging the given observations in
10 1 10 ascending order, we get
p+5 2 2p + 10 3, 4, 6, 9, 10, 11, 18, 22.

∑ fi = 11 ∑ fi xi = 52 + 2p Here n = 8, which is even.

\ Median = Mean of ¥§ n ´¶ th
and ¥ n +1´
th

Mean =
∑ fi xi =
52 + 2 p 2 §2 ¶

∑ fi 11 items.
th th
¥ 8´ ¥8
52 + 2 p = Mean of and + 1´ items
Þ 6=
11
(Given mean = 6) § 2¶ §2 ¶

Þ 66 = 52 + 2p
= Mean of 4th and 5th items
9 +10
or 2p = 66 – 52 = 14 = = 19 = 9.5.
Þ p= 7. 2 2

S T A T I S T I C S 95
6. Here n = 16, which is even. 1
= [Value of 5th item + Value of 6th item]
\ Median is the mean of ¥ n´
§ 2¶
th
and 2
30 x
¥n
+1´
th
term i.e.,
16
= 8th and 9th term
Þ Median =
1
2
[30 + x] 35 =
2
Þ
§2 ¶ 2
Þ 35 × 2 = 30 + x ÿÞ
70 = 30 + x
Required median = Average of 8th and
9th observations
Þ x = 70 – 30 = 40.
Case II: If 48 is changed to 28, the new
25 + 27
= = 26. increasing order is:
2
18, 20, 25, 26, 28, 30, 37, 38, 39, 40.
OR
Here, n = 9 (odd)
\ New median
th
th 1 ¨ ¥ n´
= © value of ¦ µ item
So, median is the value of ¥ 9 + 1 ´ obser- 2 ©ª § 2¶
§ 2 ¶
th ·
¥n ´
vation, i.e., 5th observation value of ¦ 1µ item ¸
\ x + 2 = 24
§2 ¶
¹̧

Þ x = 22.
1 ¨ ¥ 10 ´
th
7. First ten prime numbers in ascending = © value of ¦ µ item
2 ©ª § 2¶
order are 2, 3, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, th
¥ 10 ´ ·
29, Here n = 10, which is an even value of 1µ item ¸
¦
number § 2 ¶
¹̧

¥n
th th 1
item + ¥ n +1
item = [value of 5th item + value of 6th item]
§2
§2 2
Median =
2 1 58
= (28 + 30) = = 29
2 2
5th item + 6 th item
= = 11 + 13 Hence, x = 40 and the new median = 29.
2 2
9. Rearranging the given data in ascending
= 24 = 12. order, we have
2 19, 25, 30, 31, 32, 35, 48, 51, 59
8. Here n = 10 which is even. Here, number of observations, i.e., n = 9,
Case I: Median which is odd

\
th
th Median = Value of ¥ 9 + 1´
1 ¨ ¥ n´ § 2 ¶
= © Value of ¦ µ item Value of
2 ©ª § 2¶
observation
th ·
¥n ´ = Value of 5th observation
¦ 1µ item ¸
§2 ¶ = 32
¹̧
If 25 is replaced by 52, then the new
th arrangement in ascending order will be
1 ¨ ¥ 10 ´
= © Value of ¦ µ item Value of 19, 30, 31, 32, 35, 48, 51, 52, 59
2 ©ª § 2¶
th
Now, the new median
¥ 10 ´ ·
1µ item ¸ = Value of 5th observation
¦
§ 2 ¶
¹̧ = 35.

96 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
WORKSHEET – 63 14 IIII 5
15 III 3
1. (C) Rearranging the given data, we have
1, 2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 4, 5, 5, 7 and P 21 IIII III 8
This data has the mode 3. It is possible 25 IIII 4
only when 3 has maximum frequency. 27 IIII 4
Hence, P = 3. 29 II 2
2. mode = 3 median – 2 mean Total = 35
3. We have, 3 median= mode + 2 mean
Here, the observation 21 has the maxi-
\ Median = 21 + 2 × 24 = 23.
3
mum frequency. Therefore, the mode of
the data is 21.
4. Number of all observations = 32
Sum of all observations = 111 7. Mean = Sum of all observations =
¤ xi
Number of observations n
Mean = 111 = 3.47
32
Rearranging the given observations in Þ 14 = 11+15+17 + (x +1)7
+19 + ( x – 2) + 3

ascending order, we have


Þ 98 = 64 + 2x
1, 2, 2, 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3,
Þ 2x = 98 – 64 = 34
Þ
3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 5, 5, 6, 7.
x = 17
Median = 1 (value of 16th observation
2 \ x + 1 = 17 + 1 = 18
+ value of 17th observation) and x – 2 = 17 – 2 = 15
1 Therefore, given observations are 11, 15,
= (3 + 3) = 1 × 6 = 3 17, 18, 19, 15, 3. The number 15 occurs
2 2
maximum number of times, i.e., 2 times.
Mode = Value of the digit having maxi-
mum frequency \ Mode of the given data = 15
= 3. Hence, x = 17 and mode = 15.
5. The given data, except x, can be repre- 8. The observations are 42, 43, 44, 44,
sented in the form of a table as below: (2x + 3), 45, 45, 46, 47.
... The number of observations is 9.
Observation 13 14 15 16 17
Here n = 9 (odd)
Frequency 1 1 3 3 3
⎛ n + 1 ⎞ th
Frequency of 15, 16 as well as 17 is 3. \ Median = Value of ⎜
⎝ 2 ⎠
⎟ term
But the mode of the given data = 17.
Frequency of 17 should be the maxi-
⎛ 9 + 1 ⎞ th
= Value of ⎜ ⎟ term
mum. That is, more than 3, which is ⎝ 2 ⎠
possible only if x = 17. = Value of 5th term
Hence, x = 17. Þ Median = 2x + 3
6. We make frequency distribution table Þ 45 = 2x + 3 Þ 2x = 45 – 3 = 42
for the given data as below: Þ 2x = 42 Þ x = 21.
xi Tally Marks Frequency \ The observations are 42, 43, 44, 44,
45, 45, 45, 46, 47.
6 III 3 The number 45 occurs maximum (3) times.
8 I 1 \ Mode of the data = 45.
9 IIII 5 Hence, x = 21 and mode = 45.

S T A T I S T I C S 97
9. (i) The most often observation of the Mean of the first 4 observations
given data is called mode. 10.5 + 13.5 + 16.5 + 19.5
(ii) 8 (iii) 4 (iv) Self-reliance. = = 60.0
4 4
= 15
ASSESSMENT SHEET–14
Hence, mean of the first four observa-
1. (A) tions is 15.
2. 0 OR
3. Required mean See Worksheet-62, Sol-8.
= Total number of marks 8. (i) The graph represents production of
Total number of students rice (in lakh tons) during each year from
10 ×75 +12× 60 + 8 × 40 + 3 × 30 the year 1978 to 1983.
=
10 +12 + 8 + 3
(ii) The bar for 1980-1981 has length of
750 + 720 + 320 + 90 1880 55 cm.
= =
33 33
= 56.97 =57 marks (approximately). Therefore, the production of rice in the
year 1980-1981 is 550 lakh tons.
4. Let number of boys and that of girls be
x and y respectively.
\ x + y = 60 ... (i)
Sum of weights of all 60 students
= 60 × 40 = 2400 kg
Sum of weights of all x boys = x × 50
Sum of weights of all y girls = y × 30
Now, 50x + 30y = 2400
5x + 3y = 240 ... (ii)
Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get
x = 30, y = 30.
5. (i) variate (ii) 12
6. (i) 35, 46 (ii) 65
x1 + x2 + ....... + x6
7. x =
6
x + ( x + 3) + ( x + 6) + ( x + 9)
+ ( x +12) + ( x +15)
or 18 =
6

or 18 = 6 x + 45 (iii) In the year 1981-1982, the produc-


6
or 108 = 6x + 45 tion of rice is maximum and is equal to
or 6x = 108 – 45 or 6x = 63 650 lakh tons.

Þ x=
63
6
= 10.5
In the year 1979-80, the production of
rice is minimum and is equal to 250 lakh
\ First 4 observations are tons. The difference between the
maximum and the minimum production
x, x + 3, x + 6, x + 9
i.e., 10.5, 10.5 + 3, 10.5 + 6, 10.5 + 9 = 650 lakh tons – 250 lakh tons
i.e., 10.5, 13.5, 16.5, 19.5 = 400 lakh tons.

98 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
9. The given data has 10 values. Arranging
4. We have, average = x =
¤ xi
the values of the given data in ascending n
order, we have 0, 1, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 5. Here, x = 15 and n = 12
Mean =
Sum of the observations
No. of the observations
\ ¤ xi = 15 × 12 = 180
0 +1 + 2 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 3 + 4 + 4 + 5 But 18 is taken at the place of 0
=
28
10 \ ¤ xi = 180 is incorrect
= = 2.8 goals
10 Correct ¤ xi = 180 – 18 + 0 = 162
Since there are 10 values
i.e., n = 10 (even). \ Correct average =
162
12
= 13.5.
th
¥ n´
So the median is the mean of ¦ µ term 5. Let the numbers be x1, x2, x3, ......., x21.
§ 2¶
th
¥ n ´ x1 + x2 + x3 + ...... + x21
and ¦ 1µ term Mean x = = 15
§2 ¶ 21
¥ 10´
th
= mean of ¦ µ term and ¦ 1µ
¥ 10 ´
th
Þ x1 + x2 + x3 + ....... + x21 = 315
§ 2¶ § 2 ¶ If each observation is multiplied by 2,
term then the observations become
= mean of 5th term and 6th term 2x1, 2x2, 2x3, ...... 2x21
\ Median =
1
2
(3 + 3) =
6
2
= 3 goals. 2 x1 + 2 x2 + 2 x3 + ...... + 2 x21
New mean =
Making discrete frequency table, we have 21
No. of goals Frequency 2( x1 + x2 + x3 + ...... + x21 )
=
0 1 21
315
1 1 =2× = 2 × 15
2 1 21
3 4 = 30
4 2 Thus, the new mean is 30.
5 1
6. Marks
Since, the value 3 has the maximum Tally Marks Frequency
(Class intervals)
frequency, therefore, 3 goals is the
mode of the data. 0-10 I 1
10-20 IIII 4
OR
20-30 III 3
See Worksheet-61, Sol-8.
30-40 IIII I 6
ASSESSMENT SHEET– 15 40-50 IIII III 8
50-60 IIII II 7
1. (A) As 17 is repeated 6 times, the
60-70 I 1
frequency of 17 is 6.
2. Primary data OR
3. Sum of the nine numbers = 9 × 8 = 72 (i) Looking at the numbers, we find that
Let the tenth number = x 56 occurs maximum number of times,
i.e., 3 times.
72 x
Now,
10
=9 ÿÿÿÿÞ x = 18. \ Modal age = 56 years.

S T A T I S T I C S 99
(ii) Re-writing the values after replacing Here n = 10 (even)
any one 56 by 65, we get
¨ th
48, 42, 47, 48, 65, 56, 65, 56, 65, 60. \ Median =
1 ¥ 10 ´
©value of ¦ µ term
\ Modal age = 65 years.
2 ©ª § 2¶

7. Salary No. of workers ¥ 10 ´


th ·
fixi value of ¦ 1µ term ¸
(in `) (xi) ( fi) § 2 ¶
¹̧

3000 16 48000 1
= (value of 5th term
4000 12 48000 2
5000 10 50000 + value of 6th term)
6000 8 48000 23 + 23
7000 6 42000 = = 23
2
8000 4 32000 Mode = 3 median – 2 mean
9000 3 27000 = 3 × 23 – 2 × 22.7
10000 1 10000 = 69 – 45.4 = 23.6.
∑ fi = 60 ∑ fi xi = 305000 9. See Worksheet-59, Sol-9.

Now, x =
∑ fi xi = 305000
= ` 5083.33.
CHAPTER TEST
∑ fi 60
1. (B) Average speed during 5.00 hrs
OR – 7.00 hrs
40 + 50
x + x2 + x3 + x4 + x5 =
x = 1 2
5
90
Þ x1 + x2 + x3 + x4 + x5 = 5 x =
2
= 45 km / hr.
Now, 2. The speed 60 km / hr occurs maximum
Þ x1 – x + x2 – x + x3 – x + x4 number of times, that is, 3 times. So,
– x + x5 – x = 0 the modal speed of the car is 60 km / hr.

Þ (x1 – x ) + (x2 – x ) + (x3 – x ) + (x4 – x ) 3. The average speed between 5 hrs and
9 hrs
+ (x5 – x ) = 0.
Hence proved. = 40 + 60 = 100
2 2
= 50 km / hr.
8. Mean =
∑ xi
n 4. Growth in plant 1 = 17 – 12 = 5 cm
Growth in plant 2 = 19.5 – 15.5 = 4 cm
17 16 25 23 22 23 28 Growth in plant 3 = 17.5 – 12.5 = 5 cm
25 25 23
= Growth in plant 4 = 22 – 18 = 4 cm
10
Growth in plant 5 = 23 – 17.5 = 5.5 cm
227 Now, mean growth of the plants
= = 22.7
10 5 + 4 + 5 + 4 + 5.5 23.5
= =
Arranging the observations in ascending 5 5
order, we get = 4.7 cm.
16, 17, 22, 23, 23, 23, 25, 25, 25, 28.
5. See Worksheet-57, Sol-5.

100 M A T H E M A T I C S – IX
6. The observations are 42, 43, 44, 44, Þ 2x = 98 – 64 = 34
(2x + 3), 45, 45, 46, 47. Þ x = 17
Since, the number of observations is 9 \ x + 1 = 17 + 1 = 18 and x – 2 = 17 – 2 = 15
(odd). Therefore, given observations are 11, 15,
th 17, 18, 19, 15, 3. The number 15 occurs
\ ¥ n 1´
Median = value of ¦
§ 2 ¶µ
term maximum number of times, i.e., 2 times.

th
\ Mode of the given data = 15
¥ 9 1´ Hence, x = 17 and mode = 15.
= value of ¦ µ
term
§ 2 ¶ 8. See Worksheet-58, Sol-8.
= value of 5th term 9. (i) The required frequency distribution
Þ Median = 2x + 3
Þ 45 = 2x + 3 Table is given below:
Þ 2x = 45 – 3 = 42
Þ 2x = 42 Date Tally Marks Frequency
Þ x = 21. 0-5 ||| 3
So, the observations are 5-10 |||| |||| | 11
42, 43, 44, 44, 45, 45, 45, 46, 47. 10-15 | 1
The number 45 occurs maximum (3) 15-20 |||| 4
times. 20-25 |||| | 6
\ Mode of the data = 45. 25-30 || 2
Hence, x = 21 and mode = 45.
(ii) Range = Highest observation
7. Mean = Sum of all observations =
¤ xi – Least observation
Number of observations n
= 29 – 1 = 28.
Þ 14 =
11+15+17+ (x +1) +19 + (x – 2) +3
7
(iii) Blood donor, Helpful, Thankful,
Þ 98 = 64 + 2x
Grateful.

qq

S T A T I S T I C S 101
PRACTICE PAPERS

Practice Paper – 1 SECTION-B

SECTION-A 5. Since area of a triangle


1. Infinite number of solutions as graph of 1
a linear equation in two variables is a = base × corresponding altitude
2
straight line, there are infinite number
1
of points on a line and every point on = × 8 × 5 cm2 = 20 cm2.
2
the line is a solution of the corresponding
6. True, because sum of pair of opposite
equation. angles is two right angles.
2. Let AD be the median of the ΔABC OR
⇒ BD = CD ...(i)
False, as angles subtended by a chord
Draw AE ⊥ BC. in the same segment only, are equal.
1
ar(ΔADB) = BD × AE ...(ii) 7. AD × CF = CD × AE
2 ⇒ AD × 10 = 16 × 8 (Q AB = CD = 16 cm)
⇒ AD = 12.8 cm.
8. Range of the given data
= Maximum height – Minimum height
= 160 cm – 138 cm = 22 cm.
1 9. Since the point (3, 4) lies on the graph of
⇒ ar(ΔACD) = CD × AE ...(iii)
2 the equation 3y = ax + 7.
From equations (i), (ii) and (iii), we get ∴ x = 3, y = 4 is a solution of the given
ar(ΔADB) = ar(ΔACD) equation.
⇒ 3.4 = a.3 + 7 (Putting x = 3 and y = 4)
Thus, the median of a triangle divides it
⇒ 12 = 3a + 7 ⇒ 3a = 12 – 7 = 5
into two triangles of equal area.
5
3. All possible outcomes are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and ⇒ a= .
6. Numbers greater than 3 are 4, 5, 6. 3
10. Let the observations be x1, x2, x3, ......., x21.
P (getting a number greater than 3)
  x1 + x2 + x3 + ...... + x21
= = . Mean x = = 15
  21
4. We know that the longest rod that can ⇒ x1 + x2 + x3 + ....... + x21 = 315
be fitted in a cube is equal to its diagonal. If each observation is multiplied by 2,
∴ Required length of the rod then the observations become
=  m 2x1, 2x2, 2x3, ......, 2x21
2 x1 + 2 x2 + 2 x3 + ...... + 2 x21
= 4 × 1.73 m New mean =
21
= 6.92 m.

102 MATHEMATICS – IX
(ii) Number of persons ‘aged 61’ = 11490
2( x1 + x2 + x3 + ...... + x21 )
=
21 Number of persons ‘aged 65’ = 2320
315 P(a person ‘aged 61’ will live for 4 years)
= 2× = 2 × 15 = 30
21 2320
=
Thus, the new mean is 30. 11490

SECTION-C 232
= .
1149
11. h = 1 m = 100 cm.
Capacity = 15.4 litres OR
= 15.4 × 1000 cm3 Total number of girls = 250
= 15400 cm3 Number of girls who like coffee = 115
2
⇒ π r h = 15400
Number of girls who dislike coffee = 135

⇒ × r2 × 100 = 15400 (i) P (selected girl likes coffee)

 t  Number of girls who like coffee
⇒ r2 = =
 t  Total number of girls
⇒ r2 = 7 × 7
⇒ r = 7 cm 115
= = 0.46
Area of the metal sheet 250
= Total surface area of the cylinder (ii) P (selected girl dislikes coffee)
= 2πr(r + h)
 Number of girls who dislike coffee
=2× × 7 × (7 + 100) cm2 =
 Total number of girls
= 44 × 107 cm2 = 4708 cm2
135
 = = 0.54 .
= m2 = 0.4708 m2. 250

12. (i) From the table it is clear that 13. Fare for the first km = ` 10
number of persons ‘aged 60’ Remaining distance = (x – 1) km
= 16090 Fare for subsequent distance
and number of persons ‘aged 61’ = ` 6 per km
= 11490 Fare for subsequent (x – 1) km
∴ Number of persons of ‘aged 60’ who = ` (x – 1) × 6
will die within a year = ` (6x – 6)
= 16090 – 11490 Total fare (y) = 10 + 6x – 6
= 4600 = 6x + 4
Therefore, P(a person ‘aged 60’ of dying or 6x – y + 4 = 0
within a year) Let us form a solution table.
4600 460 x 1 2 4 5
= = .
16090 1609 y 10 16 28 34

PRACTICE PAPERS 103


Distance-Fare Graph 22 × 16 352
= cm3 = cm3
7 7
= 50.29 cm3 (approximately).
OR
Let radii of two spheres be r1 and r2
respectively. Let the volumes of two
spheres be V1 and V2 respectively, then
4 3
πr1
V1 64
= = 3
V2 27 4 3
πr2
3

r13 64 (4 ) 3
⇒  =
(3)
3 3
r2 27

r1 4 4r
⇒  ⇒ r1 = 2 ... (i)
r2 3 3
14. Radius of the sphere = 5 cm
Now, r1 + r2 = 42
∴ Its surface area = 4π(radius)2
4 r2
= 4 × π × (5)2 cm2 ⇒ r2 = 42 [From (i)]
3
Let slant height and height of the cone
7r2
be l and h respectively. ⇒ = 42
3
Its radius = 4 cm
⇒ r2 = 18 cm and r1 = 24 cm
∴ Its C.S.A. = πrl
Hence, the radii of two spheres are
= π × 4 × l cm2 24 cm and 18 cm.
According to the question, 15. ∠QBC + 120° = 180°
4π(5)2 = 5π × 4 × l (Interior angles on same side of
transversal as PQ || CB and QB is
⇒ l = 5 cm
transversal)
l2 = h2 + r2
⇒ ∠QBC = 60°
⇒ (5)2 = h2 + 42
⇒ 52 – 42 = h2
⇒ h2 = 9
⇒ h = 3 cm
Thus, height of the cone = 3 cm
1 2 ∠ABC + y = 180°
Volume of the cone = πr h
3 (Cointerior angles)
1 22 ⇒ x + ∠QBC + y = 180°
= × × 4 × 4 × 3 cm3
3 7 ⇒ x + y = 120°.

104 MATHEMATICS – IX
16.

OR

PRACTICE PAPERS 105


17. Given: T T 1
1 = = = .
q
 T   T  64
arc A XB = q
arc BYC
2 1
⇒ Volume of the moon = volume of
⇒ m (AXB
q ) = 1 m (q ) 64
2 BYC the earth
1 1
⇒ ∠AOB = ∠BOC Therefore, the required fraction is .
2 64
Also, AOC is diameter, 20. Let the angles of the quadrilateral be 3x,
⇒ q ) = 180°
m(arc ABC 4x, 4x and 7x. Using angle sum property
of a quadrilateral, we have
⇒ ∠AOB + ∠BOC = 180°
3x + 4x + 4x + 7x = 360° ⇒ 18x = 360°
1
⇒ ∠BOC + ∠BOC = 180° 360°
2 ∴ x = = 20°
3 18
⇒ ∠BOC = 180°
2 Therefore, four angles of the quadrilat-
2 eral are
∴ ∠BOC = × 180° = 120°
3 3x = 3 × 20° = 60°
18. Mean = 5WOQH CNNQDUGTXCVKQPU =
¥ ZK 4x = 4 × 20° = 80°
0WODGTQH QDUGTXCVKQPU P 4x = 4 × 20° = 80°
and 7x = 7 × 20° = 140°.
  
Z  
Z  
⇒14 =
 SECTION-D
⇒ 98 = 64 + 2x
21. (i) We are given that
⇒ 2x = 98 – 64 = 34 ⇒ x = 17
OB = OD ...(i)
∴ x + 1 = 17 + 1 = 18 and AB = CD ...(ii)
and x – 2 = 17 – 2 = 15 We draw BL ⊥ OC and DM ⊥ OA.
Therefore, given observations are 11,
15, 17, 18, 19, 15, 3. The number 15
occurs maximum number of times, i.e.,
2 times.
∴ Mode of the given data = 15
Hence, x = 17 and mode = 15.
19. Let r be the radius of the moon and R be In ΔOLB and ΔOMD, we have
the radius of the earth. ∠LOB = ∠MOD
Diameter of the moon (Vertically opposite angles)
 ∠OLB = ∠OMD (Each 90°)
= (diameter of the earth) (Given) OB = OD [By (i)]

 ΔOLB ≅ ΔOMD
⇒ 2r = (2R) (AAS congruence)

(Q Diameter = 2 × radius) ⇒ OL = OM ..(iii) (CPCT)
and BL = DM ...(iv)

⇒ 2r = R ⇒ R = 4r In ΔALB and ΔCMD, we have

∠ALB = ∠CMD (Each 90°)
  AB = CD [By (ii)]
8QNWOGQH VJGOQQP QT T
=  = BL = DM [By (iv)]
8QNWOGQHVJGGCTVJ  
Q
4 
4 Then by RHS congruence criterion, we have
 ΔALB ≅ ΔCMD
106 MATHEMATICS – IX
⇒ AL = CM ...(v)
Then from (iii) and (v), we have
OA = OC ...(vi)
From (iv) and (vi),
OA × BL = OC × DM
1 1
⇒ OA × BL = OC × DM
2 2 ⇒ ΔDAB is a right triangle.
⇒ ar(ΔAOB) = ar(ΔDOC) BD2 = AD2 + AB2
or ar(ΔDOC) = ar(ΔAOB).
(Using Pythagoras Theorem)
(ii) ar(ΔDOC) = ar(ΔAOB)
= AB2 + AB2 (... AD = AB)
⇒ ar(ΔDOC) + ar(ΔCOB)
= 2AB2 ...(i)
= ar(ΔAOB) + ar(ΔCOB)
⇒ ar(ΔDCB) = ar(ΔACB). (All sides of a square are equal)
Hence proved. Similarly, AC2 = 2AB2 ...(ii)
22. Thus BD2 = AC2
⇒ BD = AC ...(iii)
[From (i) and (ii)]
As ABCD is a parallelogram, the
diagonals AC and BD bisect each other,
22 1
l(AB) of protractor = π r = × 14 OA = OC = AC ...(iv)
7 2
= 44 cm 1
OB = OD = BD ...(v)
Cone is formed using semicircular 2
sheet. From (iii), (iv) and (v), we get
∴ Let radius of cone = R
OA = OB = OC = OD ...(vi)
Base ring of cone = l(AB)
2πR = 44 In ΔAOB and ΔAOD,
44 × 7 AB = AD
R = = 7 cm OA = OA (Common)
2 × 22
l of cone = r of protractor = 14 cm OB = OD (Proved above)
Depth = h = l2 − R2 = 142 − 72 ⇒ ΔAOB ≅ ΔAOD
(Using SSS congruence rule)
= 72 (22 − 1) = 7 × 3 cm ∠AOB = ∠AOD ...(vii) (CPCT)
1 2 Also, ∠AOB + ∠AOD = 180° ...(viii)
Volume = πr h
3 (Linear pair)
1 22 ⇒ ∠AOB + ∠AOB = ∠AOD + ∠AOD
= × ×7×7× 7 3 = 180°
3 7
1078 3 From (vii) and (viii), we get
= cm3 = 622.16 cm3. ⇒ 2∠AOB = 2∠AOD = 180°
3
23. Let ABCD be a square. ⇒ ∠AOB = ∠AOD = 90° ...(ix)
Join AC and BD. From (iii), (vi) and (ix), we obtain AC
∠A = ∠B = ∠C = ∠D = 90° and BD are equal and bisect each other
(Angles of a square) at right angles.

PRACTICE PAPERS 107


24. Total outcomes = 8
(i) Try yourself
(ii) At least 2 heads: HHT, HTH, THH,
HHH
 
∴ Probability = = .
 
(iii) At most 2 heads: TTT, HTT, THT,
TTH, HHT, HTH, THH.

∴ Probability = .

(iv) Try yourself

25. Steps of construction:


1. We draw a line segment BC = 4 cm.
2. We make an angle CBX of measure 3. We produce XQ and cut QS = 2 cm
45° at B. from it. (PQ < PR)
4. We join RS and draw perpendicular
bisector of it, which meets QX at P.
5. We join PR.
Thus obtained ΔPQR is the required
triangle.
26. We are given that, the length and the
breadth of the hall as 20 m and 16 m
respectively.
⇒ l = 20 m and b = 16 m
Let the height of the hall be h m.
Now, the sum of the areas of the floor
and the flat roof of the hall = 2(l × b)
3. We cut a line segment BD = 1.8 cm
from the ray BX. = 2(20 × 16) m2 = 640 m2
The sum of the areas of the four walls
4. We join DC and draw perpendicular
of the hall
bisector of it, which meets BX at A.
= 2(l + b) × h = 2(20 + 16) × h m2
5. We join AC.
= 72h m2
Thus obtained ΔABC is the required triangle. It is given that, 72h = 640
OR 640
⇒ h= m
Steps of construction: 72
1. We draw a line segment QR = 6 cm. 80
= m = 8.888 m.
2. We make an angle RQX of measure 9
60° at Q. So, the height of the hall is about 8.89 m.

108 MATHEMATICS – IX
27. Join PR and QS.

We know that an angle subtended by an


arc of a circle at the centre is double the
Now PQ || RS and PQ = RS (Given)
angle subtended by the same arc at a
⇒ PQSR is a parallelogram point on the remaining part of the circle.
⇒ PR || QS and PR = QS ...(i) ∴ ∠AOD = 2∠2 ...(i)
PN || QM (Corresponding arc is minor arc AD)
⇒ ∠1 + ∠2 + ∠5 = 180° And ∠1 = 2y ...(ii)
PR || QS (Corresponding arc is minor arc CD)
⇒ ∠6 + ∠5 + ∠1 = 180° ∠AOD = 90° (Given)
∴ ∠1 + ∠2 + ∠5 = ∠6 + ∠5 + ∠1 But from equation (i),
⇒ ∠2 = ∠6 2∠2 = 90°
Similarly, ∠3 = ∠4 ⇒ ∠2 = 45° ...(iii)
Also PR = QS [From (i)] Since AM is perpendicular to both OD
and BC, so OD is parallel to BC.
⇒ ΔPNR ≅ ΔQMS (By ASA)
Now, OD || BC and OC is transversal
⇒ PN = QM and RN = SM (CPCT)
∴ ∠1 = 30° ...(iv)
Now PN || QM (Given)
(Alternative interior angles)
PN = QM
⇒ PNMQ is a parallelogram. From equations (ii) and (iv),

⇒ PQ = MN and PQ || MN. 2y = 30°


Hence proved. ⇒ y = 15° ...(v)
28. Let us suppose that the two circles In ΔABM,
intersect at three different points say at x + ∠2 + y + 90° = 180°
P, Q and R. This means P, Q and R are (Angle sum property of a triangle)
not collinear. ⇒ x + 45° + 15° + 90° = 180°
We know that through three non- [Using (iii) and (v)]
collinear points we can draw one and
⇒ x = 180° – 150° ⇒ x = 30°
only one circle.
Hence, x = 30°, y = 15°.
⇒ There cannot be two different circles
29. Rain water falls on a flat rectangular
passing through the points P, Q and R.
surface whose
Thus, two circles cannot intersect at length (l) = 6 m = 600 cm
more than two different points.
and breadth (b) = 4 m = 400 cm
OR Level of rain fall (h) = 1 cm
Suppose ∠1 represents ∠COD and ∠2 Water collected on this surface forms a
represents ∠ABD. cuboid.

PRACTICE PAPERS 109


∴ Volume of water collected lengths of the rectangles in the histo-
=l×b×h gram so that areas of the rectangles are
= 600 × 400 × 1 cm3 = 240000 cm3 proportional to the frequencies. Thus,
we have the following table:
This water is transferred into cylindrical
vessel. Marks Frequency Width Length
Radius of cylindrical vessel = r = 20 cm.
50
Let height of water collected in the 100-150 60 50 × 60
50
cylinder be h cm. = 60
∴ Volume of water in cylindrical vessel 50
= πr2h 150-200 100 50 × 100
50
= 3.14 × (20)2 × h cm3 = 100
Now, 3.14 × 400 × h = 240000 50
200-300 100 100 × 100
100
240000 600 = 50
⇒ h= =
3.14 × 400 3.14 50
300-500 80 200 × 80
= 191 cm (approx.). 200
= 20
30. Given frequency distribution has the class 50
intervals of unequal width. Therefore, 500-800 180 300 × 180
300
we will have to make changes in the = 30

31. (i) Let the distance covered be x km or y = 40 + 20x – 20


and the total fare be ` y.
or y = 20x + 20
Fare for first kilometre = ` (1 × 40)
Fare for (x – 1) kilometres = ` (x – 1) × 20 (ii) Formation of linear equation.

So, fare for x kilometres will be given by (iii) Self-reliance, i.e., Value manual
labour, Value self respect.
y = 1 × 40 + (x – 1) × 20

110 MATHEMATICS – IX
Practice Paper – 2 1
= 10 –× 6 = 10 – 3 = 7.
2
SECTION-A 7. Let the quadrilateral formed by joining
the mid-points of the given rectangle
1. Putting x = 2 and y = 0 in 2x + 3y = k, we
ABCD be PQRS such that
have
AB = 8 cm, BC = 6 cm
2 × 2 + 3 × 0 = k ⇒ k = 4.
PQRS is a rhombus with side 5 cm, as
2. Arranging the numbers in descending / APS and DRS are right-angled triangles.
ascending order, we have
⇒ PS = 5 cm = PQ = SR = RC.
9, 8, 7, 7, 6, 6, 5, 3, 2
Also PR = BC = 6 cm and SQ = AB = 8 cm
Number of terms = 9 (odd)
(Q Opposite sides of parallelogram
Now, median = middle most term
are equal)
¦  VJ µ
= § ¶ term = 5th term = 6.
¨  ·
3. As length of the longest pole
= diagonal of the room
= l 2 + b2 + h2 = 102 + 10 2 + 52 1
ar(rhombus PQRS) = × PR × SQ
= 100 + 100 + 25 2
1
= 225 = 15 m. = × 6 × 8 = 24 cm2.
2
4. In a sample study, total number of OR
people = 642.
In right ΔPQR,
The number of persons who have high
school certificate = 514 PR = 172 – 82 = 289 – 64 = 15 cm
514
∴ Required probability = = 0.8.
642

SECTION-B

5. Let the cost of a pen be ` x and the cost


of a book be ` y. In right ΔPSR,
We are given that, the cost of a book is SR = 152 – 92 = 225 – 81 = 12 cm
three times that of the pen. So, we have
the equation y = 3x. This can be ex- ar(quadrilateral PQRS)
pressed as 3x – y = 0 or 3x – 1.y + 0 = 0, = ar(ΔPQR) + ar(ΔPSR)
which is the required equation in two
1 1
variables. = t QR t PR t PS t SR
2 2
6. Lower limit of a class
1 1
1 = t 8 t 15 t 9 t 12
= Mid value – class size 2 2
2
= 60 + 54 = 114 cm2.

PRACTICE PAPERS 111


8. ∠A = ∠D = 40° 2. Mark the point D on the ray BX such
(Angles in the same that BD = 7.5 cm.
segment) 3. Join CD and draw perpendicular
65° + 40° + x = 180° bisector of it to meet BD at A.
(ASP) 4. Join AC.
⇒ x = 75°. 5. Such formed ΔABC is the required
9. Since diagonals of a rhombus are per- triangle.
pendicular bisectors of each other.
1 1
Therefore, AO = AC = × 24 = 12 cm
2 2
1 1
And BO = BD = × 10 cm = 5 cm
2 2

ΔAOB is a right triangle.


⇒ AB2 = OA2 + OB2
= 122 + 52 = 169
12. Volume of 27 balls = Volume of the
⇒ AB2 = 13 cm
big sphere
∴ Side of the rhombus is 13 cm.  
⇒ 27 × πr3 = πR3 ⇒ R = 3r
10. Class size = Difference between class  
marks of two adjacent classes The ratio of surface area (S1) of the big
sphere to the surface area (S2) of a ball
= 115 – 105 = 10.
is given by
We need classes of size 10 with class
5  π4 
T  
marks 105, 115, 125,.....,175 . Thus, class = = =
5  πT  T  
1 i.e., S1 : S2 = 9 : 1.
limits for the first class are 105 – (10)
2
13. Number of observations = 10 which is
1 an even number.
and 105 + (10), i.e., 100 and 110.
2 ∴ Median
Therefore, the first class is 100-110. th th
Hence classes are 100-110, 110-120, 1 ©¦ 10 µ ¦ 10 µ
= ª observation § 1¶
120-130, 130-140, 140-150, 150-160, 160- 2 ª«§¨ 2 ¶· ¨ 2 ·

170, 170-180. ¸
SECTION-C observation ¹
¹º
11. Steps of construction: 1 th
⇒ 63 = (5 observation + 6th
1. Draw line segment BC = 5 cm and 2
make ∠CBX = 60°. observation)

112 MATHEMATICS – IX
1
63 = [x + x + 2] ⇒ ∠QPR = 180° – (∠PQR + ∠PRQ)
2
(ASP of a triangle)
⇒ 126 = 2x + 2
⇒ ∠QPR = 180° – (35° + 35°)
⇒ 2x = 124 ⇒ x = 62.
= 180° – 70° = 110°.
OR
∠QPR and ∠QSR are in the same
Sum of given marks = Σxi = segment of the circle. Since, angles in
80 + 22 + 30 + 90 + 90 + 53 + 50 + 56 + 60 the same segment of a circle are equal.
+ 72 + 90 + 88 + 88 + 72 + 62 + 60 + 46 ∴ ∠QSR = ∠QPR = 110°.
+ 40 + 36 + 40 + 80 + 33 + 69 + 40 + 66 OR
+ 92 + 50 + 48 + 56 + 92 = 1851
We are given a circle with centre O,
Number of students = 30 radius OA = 13 cm, chord AB and the
1851 distance of AB from O is 12 cm, i.e.,
Now, mean = x = = 61.7.
30 OM = 12 cm. M divides AB in the ratio
14.
AM : MB = 1 : 1.
∴ AB = 2 AM ... (i)
Since OM ⊥ AB, therefore, ΔAOM is a
right-angled triangle.

Yes, lines AP and BQ are parallel to


each other.
Verification: ∴ OA2 = AM2 + OM2
As AP ⊥ AB and BQ ⊥ AB, (Using Pythagoras theorem)
∴ ∠PAB = 90° and ∠QBA = 90° ⇒ 132 = AM2 + 122
⇒ ∠PAB + ∠QBA = 180° ⇒ AM2 = 132 – 122 = 169 – 144 = 25
Also AB is a transversal and cointerior ⇒ AM = 5 cm ... (ii)
angles From equations (i) and (ii), we have
∴ AP || BQ are supplementary. AB = 2 × 5, i.e., AB = 10 cm
15. In ΔPQR, PQ = PR (Given) Hence, the length of the chord is 10 cm.
∠PRQ = ∠PQR = 35°
16. r = 6 m , h = 8 m,
(Angles opposite to equal
sides of a triangle are equal) l= T  J =  
=  

= 
= 10 m
C.S.A. = πrl = 3.14 × 6 × 10 m2
= 188.4 m2

PRACTICE PAPERS 113


Area of tarpaulin required 19. Given equations are 3x + y + 1 = 0 and
= C.S.A. = 188.4 m2 2x – 3y + 8 = 0 which can be re-written
Now, length of tarpaulin required to respectively as
 y = – 1 – 3x ... (i)
make tent = = 62.8 m.
 3y − 8
Total length of tarpaulin required and x = ... (ii)
2
including margins and wastage
= 62.8 + 0.20 = 63 m. Table for values of x and y in equation (i)
is as below:
17. Given: ABCD is a parallelogram.
To prove: ar(ΔAPB) = ar(ΔBQC) x 0 1 –2
Proof: In figure, ΔAPB and ygm ABCD y –1 –4 5
have same base AB and lie between same
parallels AB and DC. Table for values of x and y in equation (ii)
is as below:

x –4 –1 2

y 0 2 4
1
∴ ar(ΔAPB) = ar(ygm ABCD) …(i)
2
Again, ΔBQC and ygm ABCD have same
base BC and lie between same parallels
AD and BC.
1
∴ ar(ΔBQC) = ar(ygm ABCD) …(ii)
2
From equations (i) and (ii), we get
ar(ΔAPB) = ar(ΔBQC). Proved
18. (i) h = 10 m
Inner curved surface area (in m2)

6QVCNEQUV  2
= = m
%QUVRGTO 
= 110 m2.
(ii) 2π × r × h = 110

⇒ 2× × r × 10 = 110


⇒ r= = 1.75 m.

From the graph, the point of intersec-
(iii) Capacity = πr2h
tion is (– 1, 2).

 ¦  µ
= × § ¶ × 10 m3 20. Total number of tossing the two coins
 ¨ · = 100
= 96.25 m3 = 96.25 kl. Number of getting two heads = 25

114 MATHEMATICS – IX
Number of getting one head = 40 23. x f fx
Number of getting no head = 35 10 6 60
25 1 15 8 120
(i) P(two heads) = = or 0.25
100 4 20 p 20p
40 2 25 10 250
(ii) P(one head) = = or 0.4
100 5 30 6 180
35 7
(iii) P(no head) = = or 0.35. Σf = 30 + p Σf(x) = 610 + 20p
100 20
∑ fx
SECTION-D Mean = 20.2 =
∑f
21. Let the ratio constant be x then the 610 + 20 p
radius = 3x and the height = 4x ⇒ = 20.2
30 + p
Volume =
1 2
πr h ⇒ 610 + 20p = 20.2 (30 + p)
3 ⇒ 610 + 20p = 606.0 + 20.2 p
⇒ 301.44 =
1
× 3.14 × (3x)2 × 4x ⇒ 4 = 20.2p – 20p
3 ⇒ 4 = 0.2p
301.44 × 3
⇒ = x3 ⇒ x3 = 8 ⇒
4
= p ⇒ p = 20.
3.14 × 9 × 4 0.2
⇒ x = 2 cm. ∴ Radius = 3x = 6 cm 24. In cyclic quadrilateral ABCD,
Height = 4x = 8 cm ∠A + ∠B + ∠C + ∠D = 360°
Slant height = 6 2 + 8 2 = 36 + 64 (Sum of the angles of a quadrilateral
is 360°)
= 100 = 10 cm. 1 1 1 1
Curved surface area = πrl ⇒ ∠A + ∠B + ∠C + ∠D
2 2 2 2
= 3.14 × 6 × 10 cm2 = 188.4 cm2. 1
= (360°)
22. h = 120 cm, diameter = d = 84 cm 2
F  ⇒ ∠1 + ∠2 + ∠3 + ∠4 = 180° ...(i)
⇒ r = = = 42 cm.
  (Q AG, BG, CE and DE are bisector
Area leveled in 1 revolution of ∠A, ∠B, ∠C, ∠D respectively)
= C.S.A. of the roller In ΔABG, ∠1 + ∠2 + ∠6 = 180° ...(ii)
= 2πrh = 2π × 42 × 120 cm2 (ASP)
= π × 84 × 120 cm2 In ΔCDE, ∠3 + ∠4 + ∠5 = 180° ...(iii)
Area levelled in 500 revolutions (ASP)
Adding (ii) and (iii), we get
= 500 × Area levelled in one
revolution ∠1 + ∠2 + ∠3 + ∠4 + ∠5 + ∠6
= 500 × π × 84 × 120 = 180° + 180° = 360°
 ⇒ 180° + ∠5 + ∠6 = 360°
= 500 × × 84 × 120 cm2
 [From (i)]
 t  t  2 ⇒ ∠5 + ∠6 = 180°
= m = 1584 m2.

⇒ ∠E + ∠G = 180° ...(iv)

PRACTICE PAPERS 115


So, the number of toffees on the eldest
son to the youngest one as 6x, 5x, 4x and
3x respectively.
According to the given condition, we must
have 6x + 5x + 4x+ 3x = 360°
Also, ∠E + ∠F + ∠G + ∠H = 360° Because sum of all interior angles of a
(Sum of the angles of a quadrilateral) trapezium (or quadrilateral) is 360°.
⇒ 180° + ∠F + ∠H = 360°
q
⇒ ∠F + ∠H = 180° ...(v) 18x = 360° ⇒ x =

From (iv) and (v),
= 20°
Quadrilateral EFGH is a cyclic quadril-
ateral. ∴ 6x = 6 × 20° = 120°
25. (i) Let the mid-points of AB, BC, CD and 5x = 5 × 20° = 100°
DA be P, Q, R and S respectively.
4x = 4 × 20° = 80°
Let AB = a and BC = b
C 3x = 3 × 20° = 60°
∴ BP = AP = CR = DR =
 Therefore, the number of toffees on the
sons were 120°, 100°, 80° and 60° in the
given order.
q 
(ii) Required ratio = =
q 
i.e., 1 : 2.
(iii) Angle sum property of a quadrilateral.
(iv) Love for sons.
D
and BQ = CQ = AS = DS = 26. To draw graph of a line, we need at least

In right ΔBPQ, two solutions of its corresponding equa-
tion. The equation x = 3 is satisfied by
C D C  D any value of y. So, two solutions of this
PQ2 = BP2 + BQ2 = 
   equation are:
 x = 3, y = 2 and x = 3, y = 4
⇒ PQ =  
 C D
Similarly, we can find And for the equation y = – 2,
 x = 0, y = – 2 and x = 4, y = – 2.
RQ = SR = PS =  
 C D Each solution of the equation y = 2x is
Therefore, PQ = QR = RS = SP on the way that the value of y is twice
⇒ PQRS is a rhombus the value of x. So, any two of the
(ii) Pythagoras theorem (Geometry) solutions of y = 2x are:
(iii) Self-reliance, Industrious. x = 2, y = 4 and x = 0, y = 0.
OR
Let us draw the graph of lines x = 3,
(i) Let x be the constant of proportion-
ality

116 MATHEMATICS – IX
the same parallels AB and DC, so they
must have equal area.
i.e., ar(ΔABD) = ar(ΔABC) ...(i)
(ii) Now, subtracting ar(ΔAOB) from
both the sides of (i), we get
⇒ ar(ΔABD) – ar(ΔAOB)
= ar(ΔABC) – ar(ΔAOB)

⇒ ar(ΔAOD) = ar(ΔBOC).
Hence proved.
28. Steps of construction:
1. We draw a line segment GH = 11 cm.
y = – 2 and y = 2x on the same set of
axes. 2. We draw angles of 30° and 90° at the
points G and H respectively. Then we
These lines form a triangle ABC. draw bisectors of these angles.
Coordinates of vertices are A(– 1, – 2), 3. These bisectors obtained in step 2
B(3, – 2) and C(3, 6). intersect each other at X.
4. We draw right bisectors of GX and
27. (i) We know that triangles on the same
HX, which meet GH at Y and Z
base and between the same parallels
respectively.
are equal in area.
5. We join XY and XZ.
In the given figure, ΔABD and ΔABC Such obtained ΔXYZ is the required
are on the same base AB and between triangle.

PRACTICE PAPERS 117


8 2
29. Radius of the well = r = =4m Volume of the tank = πr3
2 3
Depth of the well at which the earth is 2 22 44 t 49
= × × (7)3 =
taken out h = 14 m. 3 7 3
= 718.67 m3.
∴ Capacity of the water tank = 718.67 kl
(... 1 m3 = 1000 l or 1 kl)
Since the tank contains 50 kl of water.
Water is pumped into the tank to fill to
its capacity is (718.67 – 50 =) 668.67 kl,
i.e., Volume of required water is 668.67 m3.
30. Draw perpendicular bisectors OL of AB
and OM of CD, O being the centre of
the circle. Since AB || CD. O, M, L are
Clearly, the earth is taken out in the collinear. Suppose OM = x cm, then
form of cylinder. OL = (x + 3) cm. Let r be the radius for
∴ Volume of the earth dug out the circle. We have, OD = OB = r.
= πr 2h We know longer chord is nearer to the
= π × 42 × 14 circle.
= 16 × 14 × π m3
From right triangles ODM and OBL
Width of the embankment = 3 m
OD2 = OM2 + MD2 and
Area of the embankment = π (72 – 42)
OB2 = OL2 + LB2
= 33π m2
Let height of the embankment be h metres. (By Pythagoras theorem)
Then, volume of the embankment 2
⎛ 11 ⎞
= 33πh m3. ⇒ r 2 = x2 + ⎜ ⎟ ...(i)
⎝ 2 ⎠
The volume of the embankment must be 2
r 2 = (x + 3)2 + ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟
5
same as the earth dug out. and ...(ii)
⎝2⎠
∴ 33πh = 16 × 14π
 ª 
⇒ h = ∴ h = 6.79 m

Hence, the height of embankment is 6.79 m.
OR
Internal diameter of the hemispherical
water tank = 14 m
14
∴ Internal radius (r) = =7m
2 From (i) and (ii), we get
121 25
x2 + = x2 + 9 + 6x +
4 4
121 25
⇒ 6x = – –9
4 4
96
⇒ 6x = –9 ⇒ 6x = 24 – 9
4

118 MATHEMATICS – IX
15 5  2
⇒ 6x = 15 ⇒ x= ⇒ x= = πr h
6 2 
2
2
⎛ 11 ⎞ Percentage increase in the volume
From (i), r2 = ⎛⎜ ⎞⎟ + ⎜ ⎟
5
⎝2⎠ ⎝ 2 ⎠ 8 8
= × 100%
25 121 146 8
= + = = 36.5
4 4 4    
QT J QT J
∴ r = ± 36.5 = ± 6.04 =   × 100%
 
But r cannot be negative. QT J

∴ r = 6.04 cm. = 100%.
31. (i) and (ii) try yourself 4. Area of rhombus

= × Product of the lengths of its
Practice Paper – 3 
diagonals
SECTION-A  2
= × 8 × 12 = 48 cm .
1. Given: AOB is the diameter of the circle 
⇒ ∠ACB = 90° (Angle in a semicircle) SECTION-B
and AC = BC (Given)
5. ∠A = ∠D = 40°
⇒ ∠CAB = ∠CBA = x (say) (... Angles
opposite to equal sides are equal) (Angles in the same segment)
65° + 40° + x = 180° (ASP)
⇒ x = 75°.

⇒ x + x + 90° = 180° (ASP)


⇒ 2x = 90° ⇒ x = 45°
⇒ ∠CAB = 45°.
2. (c) Line 2x + 3y = 6 will meet the x-axis 6. Mean is 9
if y = 0. x x 3 x 5 x 7 x 10
Putting y = 0, we have ∴ =9
5
2x = 6 ⇒ x = 3
⇒ 5x + 25 = 45
Thus, coordinates of the required point
are (3, 0). ⇒ 5x = 20 ⇒ x = 4
3. Let radius of the cone = r ⇒ Last three observations are
Let initial height (h1) = h 4 + 5 = 9, 4 + 7 = 11, 4 + 10 = 14
Then new height (h2) = 2h ∴ Mean of last three observations
Initially, the volume (V1) of the cone
9 11 14 34
 2  2 = =
= πr h1 = πr h 3 3
 
The new volume (V2) of the cone 1
= 11 .
3
 2  2
= πr h2 = πr × (2h)
 
PRACTICE PAPERS 119
7. Σfi = 7 + 8 + 10 + 15 + 10 = 50 (iii) 4n + 9 = 12 is a linear equation in
Favourable outcomes one variable because there is only
(i) P(being 30) = one variable, n in this equation.
∑ fi
10 1 (iv) 5p + 2 = 2q + 3 is a linear equation in
= = or 0.2 two variables because it contains two
50 5
variables p and q.
Favourable outcomes
(ii) P(being 25) =
∑ fi SECTION-C

15 3 11. (i) Diameter, d = 3.5 m = m
= = or 0.3 
50 10
F  
OR ⇒ r= = = m, h = 10 m.
  
No, since the number of trials in which Inner curved surface area of the well
the event can happen cannot be greater = 2πrh
than the total number of trials.  
= 2× × × 10 m2
8. True, as AC – AB < BC,  
= 110 m . 2
i.e., AC < AB + BC.
(ii) Cost of plastering = ` 40 × 110
= ` 4400.
12. Let the equation of the line be y = a
which is parallel to x-axis. Where a is
arbitrary constant.
According to question,
a=–3 (... Graph of the line
is below to x-axis)

9. As |x|< 2, x = – 1, 0, 1
Total number of outcomes = 7
Number of favourable outcomes =3

∴ P (|x|< 2) =
.

10. (i) 7x + y = 9. Here, x and y are two
variables so it is a linear equation
in two variables.
(ii) 4x – 3 = 3x + 6 is a linear equation in
one variable because it contains only Putting a = – 3 in y = a, we have
one variable, x. y=–3

120 MATHEMATICS – IX
Hence the graph can be shown as in 1
the figure. Therefore, the required fraction is .
64
OR 15. Let ABCD be the parallelogram and
ABEF be the rectangle on the same
The given equation is 2x + 1 = x – 3.
base AB and have equal areas.
Transposing, 2x – x = – 3 – 1 ⇒ They lie between same parallels
⇒ x = – 4. AB = CD (... Opposite sides of || gm)
(i) Since x = – 4 represents a point on AB = EF (... Opposite sides of
the number line so it is a solution of the rectangle)
given equation. ⇒ CD = EF ... (i)
(ii) Consider x = – 4 is of the form x = a.
Graph of such equation is a line parallel
to y-axis in a cartesian plane. Therefore,
many points that lie on the line the
solution of the give equation.
13. Let ∠A = 3x, ∠B = 7x, ∠C = 6x, ∠D = 4x. Also BE < BC ... (ii) (... In right
Also, ∠A + ∠B + ∠C + ∠D = 360° triangle BEC, BC is hypotenuse)
3x + 7x + 6x + 4x = 360° Similarly, AF < AD ...(iii)
20x = 360° Adding (ii) and (iii), we get
∴ x = 18° BE + AF < AD + BC
∠A + ∠B = 3x + 7x = 10x = 10 × 18° BE + AF + AB < AD + BC + AB
= 180° (Adding AB to both sides)
and ∠C + ∠D = 6x + 4x = 10x BE + AF + AB + EF < AD + BC + AB + CD
= 10 × 18° = 180° [Using (i)]
∴ AD || BC. (Q AB = CD, AB = EF ⇒ CD = EF)
14. Let r be the radius of the moon and R be ⇒ Perimeter of rectangle < Perimeter
the radius of the earth. of the parallelogram.
Diameter of the moon OR
 L is the mid-point of BC,
= (diameter of the earth)
 ⇒ BL = CL ...(i)
(Given)
DQ || AB and CB is transversal

⇒ 2r = (2R) (QDiameter = 2 × radius) ⇒ ∠QCL = ∠LBP ...(ii)

 (Alternate interior angles)
⇒ 2r = R ⇒ R = 4r
 Now in ΔQCL and ΔPBL,
  ∠QLC = ∠PLB
8QNWOGQHVJGOQQP QT T
=  = (Vertically opposite
8QNWOGQH VJGGCTVJ  
Q
4 
4 angles)

T T 1 CL = BL [Using (i)]
= = = .

 T   T  64 ∠QCL = ∠LBP [Using (ii)]
1 ∴ ΔQCL ≅ ΔPBL
⇒ Volume of the moon = volume of
64 (ASA criterion of congruence)
the earth.

PRACTICE PAPERS 121


∴ ar(ΔQC L) = ar(ΔPBL) ...(iii) ∴Mode of the given data = 15
(Congruence triangles have equal area) Hence, x = 17 and mode = 15.
Now adding ar(APLCD) to both sides in 18. Let OE = x
(iii), we get ⇒ OA = OC = OB = (x + 3) cm.
ar(APLCD) + ar(QCL) = ar(APLCD) Using Pythagoras Theorem in ΔOAE,
+ ar(PBL) we get
⇒ ar(APQD) = ar(ABCD)
(3 + x)2 = x2 + 42
Hence proved.
16. Steps of construction: ⇒ 32 + x2 + 6x = x2 + 16
1. We draw a line segment AC = 6 cm. ⇒ 6x = 16 – 9 = 7
7 1
⇒ x = = 1 cm
6 6
¦ 1 µ 1
⇒ OA = x + 3 = § 1 3¶ cm = 4 cm.
¨ 6 · 6
19. Try yourself
Thus, the required correct mean is 64.75.
2 3
20. Volume of hemisphere = Qr
3

539 2Qr 3 539


⇒ = ⇒ πr3 =
6 3 2t2

539 t 7 49 t 7
⇒ r3 = ⇒ r3 =
2 t 2 t 22 2t2t2

2. We bisect AC at L. 7t7t7 7
⇒ r = 3 ⇒r= cm
3. We draw two arcs BC = 5 cm and 2t2t2 2
BL = 4 cm from C and L respect-
Its curved surface area = 2πr2
ively. These arcs meet at B on the
same side of AC. 2
22 ¦ 7 µ
4. We join AB and AC. =2 × t§ ¶ = 77 cm2.
7 ¨ 2·
Then, ΔABC is the required triangle.
OR
17. Mean = 5WOQH CNNQDUGTXCVKQPU =
¥ ZK On revolving the given right triangle
0WODGTQH QDUGTXCVKQPU P
about the side 8 cm, we find a right
  
Z  
Z  
⇒14 = circular cone with

Radius = r = 6 cm, height = h = 8 cm
⇒ 98 = 64 + 2x ⇒ 2x = 98 – 64 = 34
And slant height = l = 10 cm.
⇒ x = 17
∴ x + 1 = 17 + 1 = 18
and x – 2 = 17 – 2 = 15
Therefore, given observations are 11, 15,
17, 18, 19, 15, 3. The number 15 occurs
maximum number of times, i.e., 2 times.

122 MATHEMATICS – IX
Therefore, volume of the cone
1 2 1
= πr h = π × 6 × 6 × 8
3 3
= 96 π cm3
and curved surface = πrl
To prove: AF and CE trisect the diagonal
= π × 6 × 10 BD, i.e., DM = MN = BN.
= 60 π cm2. Construction: Join AF and CE
Proof: AB = CD and AB || CD
SECTION-D
(Opposite sides of a parallelogram)

21. 1 1
⇒ AB = CD
2 2
⇒ AE = CF and AE || CF
Hence quadrilateral AFCE is a parallelo-
gram.
∴ AF || EC (Opposite sides of a
parallelogram)
In ΔABM, E is the mid-point of AB and
EN || AM
⇒ N is the mid-point of BM.
(Converse of mid-point theorem)
∴ BN = NM ... (i)
Also in ΔDNC, F is the mid-point of CD
and MF || NC.
(i) From the table given in question, ∴ M must be the mid-point of DN
–3 + 5 = –1 + 3 = 1 + 1 = 2 or DM = MN ... (ii)
So the required equation is From (i) and (ii) we conclude that
x+y= 2 DM = MN = NB.
(ii) Substituting x = – 2, y = p in ⇒ M and N are the points of trisection of
x + y = 2, we get BD.
–2 + p =2 Hence, the segments AF and CE trisect
⇒ p =4 the diagonal BD.
Substituting x = 0, y = q in x + y = 2, 23. Inner radius of the well = r
we get 10
= m
0 + q =2 ⇒ q = 2 2
Thus, p = 4, q = 2. =5 m
22. Given: A parallelogram ABCD. And depth = h = 14 m
E is the mid-point of AB Volume of earth taken out = πr2h
F is the mid-point of CD Outer radius = R = (5 + 5) m = 10 m

PRACTICE PAPERS 123


Area of ring of the embankment = π(3) [3 + 2(10.5)] = 3π[3 + 21]
= 3π[24] cm2 = 72π cm2.
22
= π (R2 – r2) = (10 – 5) (10 + 5) Area of the cardboard required to make
7
35 pen holders
22
= × 5 × 15 m2. 22
7 = 35 × 72π cm2 = 35 × 72 × cm2
7
Let the height of the embankment = H
= 7920 cm2.
Then volume of the embankment
25. Number of days in leap year = 366.
= π(R2 – r2)H Now, 366 days = 52 weeks and 2 days.
Now, volume of the embankment The remaining two days can be one of
= volume of the earth taken out the following seven cases:
⇒ π(R2 – r2) H = πr2h (i) Sunday and Monday
⇒ (102 – 52) H = 52 × 14 (ii) Monday and Tuesday
5 t 5 t 14 14 (iii) Tuesday and Wednesday
⇒ H= ⇒H= (iv) Wednesday and Thursday
15 t 5 3
2 (v) Thursday and Friday
⇒ H = 4 m.
3 (vi) Friday and Saturday
OR (vii) Saturday and Sunday.
Let r be the radius of the base of the For a leap year to contain 53 Sundays,
cone. last two days are either Sunday and
Then, area of the base = πr2 Monday or Saturday and Sunday.
= 28.26 sq. cm. ∴ Number of such favourable outcomes
⇒ 3.14 r2 = 28.26 = 2.
28.26 1413 Total number of possible outcomes = 7.
⇒ r2 = =
3.14 157 ∴ P(a leap year containing 53 Sundays)
⇒ 2
r =9 = .
2
⇒ r = 3, h = 4 m (Given) 7
26. (i) Here, FE || BC and DE || BA.
∴ l= r +h
2 2 = 3 + 42
2
⇒ FE = BD = DC.
= 9 + 16 = 25 = 5 cm. (Mid-point theorem)
1 2 1 ⇒ FE || BD and DE || BF.
Volume = pr h = × 3.14 × 9 × 4 ⇒ BDEF is a parallelogram.
3 3
= 3.14 × 12 cu. cm
= 37.68 cu. cm.
Curved surface area = prl
= 3.14 × 3 × 5 = 3.14 × 15
= 47.10 sq. cm
No, the two are not numerically equal. (ii) ΔFBD, ΔEDC and ΔDEF are on equal
24. Radius (r) of base = 3 cm. bases and between the same parallels
Height (h) of cylinder = 10.5 cm. because FE || BC.
Surface area of the pen holders ⇒ FE = BD = DC.
⇒ ar(ΔFBD) = ar(ΔEDC) = ar(ΔDEF)
= area of the base + curved surface area
Similarly,
= πr2 + 2πrh = πr(r + 2h)

124 MATHEMATICS – IX
ar(ΔDCE) = ar(ΔFEA) = ar(ΔDEF) 27. Steps of construction:
⇒ ar(ΔDEF) = ar(ΔFBD) 1. We draw a line segment GH = 11 cm.
= ar(ΔDCE) = ar(ΔAEF)
2. We draw angles of 30° and 90° at the
1 points G and H respectively. Then we
= ar(ΔABC)
4 draw bisectors of these angles.
1 3. These bisectors obtained in step 2
i.e., ar(ΔDEF) = ar(ΔABC).
4 intersect each other at X.
(iii) Now,
4. We draw right bisectors of GX and
ar(BDEF) = ar(ΔBDF) + ar(ΔDEF)
HX, which meet GH at Y and Z
1 1
= ar(ΔABC) + ar(ΔABC) respectively.
4 4
5. We join XY and XZ.
1
= ar(ΔABC). Such obtained ΔXYZ is the required
2 triangle.

28. We are given an arc PQ of a circle which In all the cases,


is subtending angles POQ at the centre
∠BOQ = ∠OAQ + ∠AQO
O and PAQ at a point A on the remaining
part of the circle. We need to prove that (Exterior angle theorem)
∠POQ = 2∠PAQ. Also in ΔOAQ, OA = OQ
Consider the three different cases as (Radii of a circle)
given in figures. In figure (i), arc PQ is Therefore, ∠OAQ = ∠OQA
minor; in figure (ii), arc PQ is a
semicircle and in figure (iii), arc PQ is This gives ∠BOQ = 2 ∠OAQ ... (i)
major. Similarly, ∠BOP = 2 ∠OAP ... (ii)
Let us begin by joining AO and extending Adding equations (i) and (ii), we get
it to a point B. ∠BOP + ∠BOQ = 2 (∠OAP + ∠OAQ)
⇒ ∠POQ = 2 ∠PAQ.
Hence proved.
In given figure, using above theorem
1
∠BAD = ∠BOD
(i) (ii) (iii) 2

PRACTICE PAPERS 125


1 and NAB is a straight line.
⇒ ∠BAD =
2
× 136° = 68°
ž ∠PCB = ∠PAN
(Exterior angle of a cyclic
quadrilateral is equal
to interior opposite angle)
ž ∠PCL = ∠PAN ...(iii)
From (i) and (iii), we get
Now ABCD is a cyclic quadrilateral ž ∠PCL = ∠PMN ...(iv)
⇒ ∠A + ∠C = 180° From (ii) and (iv), we get
∠PML + ∠PMN = 180°
ž
(Opposite angles of a cyclic
quadrilateral are supplementary) LMN is a straight line.
⇒ 68° + ∠C = 180° ∴ L, M and N are collinear.
⇒ ∠C = 180° – 68° 29. Given: In an isosceles triangle ABC, D,
⇒ ∠BCD = 112°. E and F as the mid-points of sides BC,
OR CA and AB respectively, AB = AC. AD
intersects FE at O.
Given: P is any point on circumcircle of
To prove: AD ⊥ EF and AD is bisected
ΔABC, PL, PM and PN are perpendi-
by FE.
culars from P on BC, AC and AB
Construction: Join DE and DF.
respectively.
Proof: D, E, F are the mid-points of
To prove: Points L, M sides BC, AC and AB respectively.
and N are collinear. Since the segment joining the mid-
Construction: Join points of two sides of a triangle is
parallel to third side and is half of it,
PA, PC, MN and ML.
1
Proof: Consider ∴ DE || AB and DE = AB
2
quadrilateral AMPN. 1
Also, DF || AC and DF = AC
Since PM ⊥ AC and PN ⊥ AB 2
∴ ∠PMA + ∠ANP = 90° + 90° = 180°
So AMPN is a cyclic quadrilateral.
(If opposite angles of a quadrilateral are
supplementary, then it is cyclic)
∴ ∠PMN = ∠PAN ...(i)
(Angles in the same segment) But AB = AC [Given]
Now, consider quadrilateral PCLM. 1 1
⇒ AB = AC
∠PMC = ∠PLC = 90° (Construction) 2 2
Since line segment joining P and C ⇒ DE = DF
subtends equal angles at points M and L Also, DE || AF and DF || AE
lying on its same side. ⇒ AFDE is a parallelogram.
∴ Points P, M, L and C are concyclic.
ž PMLC is a cyclic quadrilateral
In parallelogram AFDE, adjacent sides
ž ∠PML + ∠PCL = 180° ...(ii)
DE and DF are equal.
⇒ DEAF is a rhombus.
Clearly, PABC is a cyclic quadrilateral
126 MATHEMATICS – IX
⇒ Diagonals AD and FE bisect each Practice Paper – 4
other at right angle.
⇒ AD ⊥ FE and AD is bisected by FE. SECTION-A
42 1. Let radius of the hemisphere = r cm
30. (i) Diameter (d) = 4.2 m = m
10 Volume of the hemisphere = 19404 cm3
d 42 21 45  3  
∴r= = m= m, h = m ⇒ πr = 19404 ⇒ × × r3 = 19404
2 2 × 10 10 10   
The lateral surface area = 2πrh
 t  t 
22 21 45 ⇒ r3 =
=2× × × m2  t 
7 10 10
⇒ r 3 = 9261 ⇒ r = 21 cm
= 59.4 m2.
(ii) Total surface area = 2πr2 + 2πrh Now, total surface area of the hemisphere

22 21 21 = 3πr2 = 3 × × 21 × 21 = 4158 cm2.
=2× × × m2 + 59.4 m2 
7 10 10
2. As the difference of any two sides of a
= 27.72 m2 + 59.4 m2 = 87.12 m2 triangle can’t be more than the third side.
Let the required area of the steel actually
3. Area of the parallelogram remains same
used be x m2
from both the following manners.
1
Now, x – x × = 87.12 AD × BN = AB × DM
12
11 ⇒ AD × 11 = 12 × 9
⇒ x = 87.12
12  t  
12 ⇒ AD = = cm.
⇒ x = 87.12 × = 95.04 m2  
11 4. True
Hence, the steel actually used was 95.04
m 2. SECTION-B
31. (i) The required frequency distribution 5. OA = OD = 5 cm
Table is given below: AB = 8 and OD ⊥ AB
1
Date Tally Marks Frequency ⇒ AC = AB = 4 cm
2
0-5 ||| 3
So, ΔOCA is a right triangle
5-10 |||| |||| | 11
⇒ OC = OA 2  AC2
10-15 | 1
15-20 |||| 4 = 52  4 2  9  3 cm.
20-25 |||| | 6 CD = OD – OC = 5 – 3 = 2 cm.
25-30 || 2 OR
Centre O of the
(ii) Range = Highest observation – Least circle passing thro-
observation ugh A, B and C, coi-
= 29 – 1 = 28 ncides with the
point of intersection
(iii) Blood donor, Helpful, Thankful,
of the perpendicular
Grateful.
bisectors of AB and
BC.
PRACTICE PAPERS 127
 SECTION-C
BM = AB = 6 cm

 11. Since ABCD is a parallelogram BC || AD.
OM = BN = BC = 8 cm
 ⇒ 5x = 25°
In right triangle BMO, ⇒ x = 5°
BO2 = BM2 + OM2 Similarly, AB || DC
= 62 + 82 = 36 + 64 = 100 ∴ 6y = 60°
⇒ BO = 10 cm ⇒ y = 10°
Hence, radius of the circle is 10 cm. Hence x = 5°, y = 10°.
6. Mean of 5 observations = 30
We know that the area of a parallelo-
∴ Sum of the 5 observations = 150
gram is twice that of a triangle if both
Mean of 4 observations = 28
the figures are on the same base and
∴ Sum of 4 observations = 112
between the same parallels.
∴ Excluded observations = 150 – 112
Here, ΔACD and parallelogram ABCD
= 38.
are on the same base DC and between
7. The equation y = 7x + 6 has infinitely many
the same parallels AB and CD.
solutions. As the graph of the given
equation is a straight line. A line has ∴ ar(ΔACD) : ar(parallelogram ABCD)
infinite number of points lying on it and = 1 : 2.
every point on the line is a solution of its 12. r = 7 cm, h = 24 cm
equation.
⇒ l2 = h2 + r2 = (24)2 + 72
8. Total number of students = 80 = 576 + 49 = 625
(i) Number of students getting less than
⇒ l =  ⇒ l = 25 cm.
40 marks = 8 + 16 = 24
Sheet required for one cap
∴ P(getting less than 40 marks)

=
24
= 0.3 = × 7 × 25 cm2 = 550 cm2
80 
(ii) Number of students getting 60% or Sheet required for 10 such caps
more marks = 10 + 6 = 16. = 10 × 550 cm2 = 5500 cm2
∴ P(getting 60% or more marks) 13. The coordinates of the points lying on
16 the line parallel to the y-axis, at a
= = 0.2. distance 4 units from the origin and in
80
1 the positive direction of the x-axis are
9. ar(ΔABD)= ar(ΔABC). of the form (4, a).
2
Putting x = 4, y = a in the equation
(Median of a
triangle divides it x + y = 6, we get
into two triangles equal 4+a=6 ⇒ a = 6 –4 = 2
in areas) Thus the required point is (4, 2).
1 OR
        ⇒ x = y ⇒ 2x – y = 0.
2 Since the point (3, 4) lies on the graph
10. False, because when the number of tosses
of 3y = ax + 7, therefore, x = 3 and y = 4
of a coin increases, the ratio of the number
satisfy the equation.
of tails to the total number of tosses moves
 ⇒ 3×4= a×3+7
closer and closer to .

128 MATHEMATICS – IX
5 15. Given h= 21 cm, r = 5 cm
⇒ 12 – 7 = 3a ∴ a= .
3 ∴ Volume of the cylinder = πr2h
5
Now, equation will be 3y = x + 7 22
3 = × 25 × 21
7
5
Putting y = – 1, 3(–1) = x+7 = 22 t 25 t 3 cm3
3
5 = 1650 cm3.
⇒ –3–7= x
3 Curved surface area of the cylinder
(Transposing)
22
⇒ – 10 × 3 = 5x = 2πrh = 2 t × 5 × 21
7
(Cross-multiplication)
– 10 × 3 = 22 t 10 t 3 cm3
∴ x= = –6.
5 = 660 cm2.
14. Given: ABCD is a ygm in which X and 1
Y are the mid-points of opposite sides 16. ∠ABC = ∠AOC
2
AD and BC respectively. So angle subtended by an arc at the
centre of the circle is double the angle
subtended by it at any other point of
the circle.

To prove: AP = PQ = QC.
Proof: Since AD and BC are opposite
sides of ygm ABCD.
∴ AD = BC and AD yBC i.e., ∠AOC = 2∠ABC = 2 × 45° = 90°
1 1 Hence, OA ⊥ OC.
⇒ AD = BC
2 2 17. We make frequency distribution table
and AX or XD y BY or YC for the given data as below:
⇒ XD = BY and XD y BY
xi Tally Marks Frequency
∴ BXDY is a parallelogram.
⇒ XB y DY 6 III 3
8 I 1
Now, ΔBPC, Y is the mid-point of BC
9 IIII 5
and YQ y BP 14 IIII 5
(ΠXB y DY proved above) 15 III 3
Using mid-point theorem, 21 IIII III 8
25 IIII 4
Q is the mid-point of CP, 27 IIII 4
i.e., PQ = QC …(i) 29 II 2
Similarly, from ΔAQD, P is the mid- Total = 35
point of AQ i.e., AP = PQ …(ii)
Here, the observation 21 has the maxi-
From (i) and (ii), AP = PQ = QC. mum frequency. Therefore, the mode of
Hence Proved. the data is 21.

PRACTICE PAPERS 129


18. Given: In ΔABC, BC = 7 cm, AB + AC = 13 cm and ∠ABC = 75°.
Steps of construction:
1. Draw a ray BX.
2. Cut BC = 7 cm from BX.
3. Construct ∠YBC = 75°.
4. With B as centre and radius = 13 cm, draw an arc which cuts BY at D.
5. Join DC.
6. Draw perpendicular bisector of DC, which intersects BD in A.
7. Join AC.

ΔABC is the required triangle.


OR
Steps of construction:
1. Draw a line segment BC = 3 cm.
2. Make ∠RBC = 40° at B.
3. Cut BP = 1.5 cm from BR.
4. Join C and P.

130 MATHEMATICS – IX
= (70 56)(70  56)

= 126 t 14 = 2 t 63 t 2 t 7
= 2t7t3t3t2t7
∴ Height = 2 × 7 × 3 = 42 cm.
20. Let number of girls be x
⇒ Sum of marks obtained by girls = 67x
5. Draw perpendicular bisector of
Let number of boys be y
PC, meeting BR at A.
6. Now, join A and C. Sum of marks obtained by boys = 63y
Thus, the required triangle ABC is x + y = 80
formed. ⇒ y = 80 – x ...(i)
19. Let the ratio constant be x, Sum of marks obtained by boys and
then the radius = r = 3x girls together = 64.5 × 80
and the height = h = 4x ∴ 67x + 63y = 64.5 × 80
1 ⇒ 67x + 63 × 80 – 63x = 64.5 × 80
Volume = πr2h
3 [From (i)]
1
⇒ 301.44 = × 3.14 × (3x)2 × 4x ⇒ 4x = (64.5 – 63) × 80
3
⇒ 4x = 1.5 × 80
301.44 × 3
⇒ = x3 ⇒ x = 1.5 × 20
3.14 × 9 × 4
⇒ x = 30
⇒ x3 = 8
⇒ x = 2 cm. ∴ Number of girls = 30
∴ Radius = 3x = 6 cm Number of boys = 80 – 30 = 50.
Height = 4 × 2 = 8 cm SECTION-D
Slant height = r 2 h2 = 62 82 21. Here the class intervals are in inclusive
form. Therefore, the lower limit and the
= 36 64 upper limit both are included in the
corresponding class interval.
= 100  10 cm. Total number of students = 30
OR One student is chosen out of 30 students
at random.
C.S.A. = 12320 cm2
(i) Number of students whose weight is
Let l be the slant height. less than or equal to 45 kg
r = 56 cm. = 9 + 5 + 14 = 28
∴ πrl = 12320 ∴ Probability that his weight is less
28 14
22 12320 than or equal to 45 kg = =
⇒ t 56 t l = 12320 ⇒ l= 30 15
7 22 t 8
⇒ l = 70 cm (ii) Number of students whose weight is
at most 40 kg, that is, 40 kg or less
Now, h= l2  r 2 = 702  562 = 9 + 5 = 14

PRACTICE PAPERS 131


∴ Probability that his weight is at
most 40 kg Number of times 1 head
appeared
14 7 P(E3) =
= = Total number of trials
30 15
(iii) Number of students whose weight is 72
at most 50 kg, that is, 50 kg or less = = 0.48
150
= 9 + 5 + 14 + 2 = 30
∴ Probability that his weight is at Number of times no heads
most 50 kg appeared
P(E4) =
30 Total number of trials
= =1
30
(iv) Number of students whose weight is 9
= = 0.06
more than 50 kg = 0 150
∴ Probability that his weight is more Sum of all these probabilities
than 50 kg = P(E1) + P(E2) + P(E3) + P(E4)
0
= = 0. = 0.16 + 0.30 + 0.48 + 0.06
30
OR = 1. Hence proved.

The experimental probability of an event 22. Two parallelograms PQRS and MNRS, on
is given by the same base SR and between the same
parallels PN and SR are given. We need
Number of trials in which the
event has happened to prove that ar(PQRS) = ar(MNRS)
P=
Total number of trials
Total number of trials = 150
Number of times 3 heads appeared = 24
Number of times 2 heads appeared = 45
Number of times 1 head appeared= 72
Number of times no head appeared = 9 Proof: In ΔPMS and ΔQNR,
Let E1, E2, E3 and E4 be the events of ∠1 = ∠4 (Corresponding angles)
getting, 3 heads, 2 heads, 1 head and no ∠2 = ∠5 (Corresponding angles)
head respectively. Then
∴ ∠3 = ∠6 (Angle sum property)
Number of times 3 heads Also, PS = QR (Opposite sides of || gm
appeared PQRS)
P(E1) =
Total number of trials So, ΔPMS ≅ ΔQNR (By ASA rule)
24 Therefore,
= = 0.16
150 ar(ΔPMS) = ar(ΔQNR)
Number of times 2 heads (Congruent figures have equal areas)
P(E2) =
appeared ⇒ ar(ΔPMS) + ar(MQRS) = ar(ΔQNR)
Total number of trials + ar(MQRS)
45 [Adding ar(MQRS) to both sides]
= = 0.30
150 ⇒ ar(PQRS) = ar(MNRS)
Hence proved.

132 MATHEMATICS – IX
(i) We know that a rectangle is also a From (i) and (ii), we get
parallelogram.
2ÐACB = 2ÐADB
Thus, parallelograms ABCD and EFCD
stand on the same base DC and lie ⇒ ÐACB = ÐADB
between the same parallels DC and EB. Thus, angles in the same segment of a
∴ ar(ABCD) = ar(EFCD) circle are equal.
OR
Given: AB = 2AC and radius OA = r.
Let OM ⊥ AB and ON ⊥ AC. Hence, OM
= p and ON = q.
(ii) ar(ABCD) = Base × Height To prove: 4q2 = p2 + 3r2
= (DC) (AM).
Proof: In right-angled triangle OAM,
23. Rectangle is rolled along its length
OM2 + AM2 = OA2
⇒ l = 44 cm = circumference of the
base of the cylinder (Using Pythagoras Theorem)
⇒ 2πr = 44 cm ⇒ πr = 22 2
22 22 ¦ AB µ
⇒ r = = ×7 ⇒ p2 + § ¶ = r2
Q 22 ¨ 2 ·

∴ r = 7 cm and h = 20 cm.
AB
C.S.A. = 2πrh (... AM = MB = )
2
22
=2× × 7 × 20 = 880 cm2 2
7 ¦ 2AC µ
Volume = πr2h ⇒ p2 + § ¶ = r2 (... AB = 2AC)
¨ 2 ·
22
= × 7 × 7 × 20 = 3080 cm3. ⇒ p2 + AC2 = r2
7
24. Given: A circle whose centre is O and AC
ÐACB and ÐADB are two angles formed ⇒ p2 + (2AN)2 = r2 (... AN = CN = )
2
in the same segment of the circle.
⇒ p2 + 4AN2 = r2 ...(i)
To prove: ÐACB = ÐADB
In right-angled triangle OAN,
Construction: Join OA and OB.
AN2 + ON2 = OA2
(Using Pythagoras Theorem)
⇒ AN + q2 = r2
2

∴ AN2 = r2 – q2
Putting this value in (i), we have
Proof: ÐAOB = 2ÐACB ...(i) p2 + 4(r2 – q2) = r2
and ÐAOB = 2ÐADB ...(ii) ⇒ p2 + 4r2 – 4q2 = r2
(Angle subtended by an arc at the centre ⇒ p2 + 3r2 = 4q2
is double the angle subtended by it at i.e., 4q2 = p2 + 3r2.
any other point on the remaining part
of the circle.) Hence proved.

PRACTICE PAPERS 133


25. Let the initial radius = r. Then new (iii) Volume of solid figures (Mensuration)
R ¦  Rµ (iv) Honesty.
radius = r + r × =r §  ¶ 27. In rectangle ABCD,
 ¨ ·

Initial surface area, S1 = 4πr2



¦  Rµ
New surface area, S2 = 4πr2 §  ¶
¨ ·

Now, percentage increase in the surface


area
5 5 ⇒ AB = CD
= × 100%
5
 1 1
¦  Rµ ⇒ AB = CD
 QT  § ¶  QT  2 2
¨  ·
= × 100%
 QT  ⇒ AP = DR ...(i)
⎡⎛  + R ⎞ ⎤ (P and R are the mid-points of AB
= ⎢⎜ ⎟ ⎥ × 100% and CD respectively)
⎣⎢⎝  ⎠ ⎦⎥
As S is the mid-point of AD,
⎛  + R +  R ⎞
= ⎜⎜  ⎟⎟  AS = SD ...(ii)
⎝  ⎠
In ΔAPS and ΔDRS,
 R R ⎛ R ⎞ AP = DR [From (i)]
= % = ⎜R + ⎟.
 ⎝  ⎠ ∠PAS = ∠RDS (Each 90°)
 AS = SD [From (ii)]
26. (i) Radius (r) = , Height (h) = 8 cm
 ⇒ ΔAPS ≅ ΔDRS
Volume of glass of type C = πr2h (SAS criterion of congruence)
   ⇒ PS = RS ...(iii) (CPCT)
= × × × 8 = 308 cm3
   Similarly, we can prove that
(ii) Volume of hemisphere
PQ = RQ, SP = QP and QR = SR ...(iv)
    
= u u u u = 89.83 cm3 Using equations (iii) and (iv), we
    
conclude that
∴ Volume of glass of type A
= 308 – 89.83 = 218.17 cm3 PQ = QR = RS = SP

    ⇒ PQRS is a rhombus.
Volume of cone = u u u ×8 28. Let O and O′ be the centre of the
   
circles of radii 10 cm and 8 cm
= 12.83 cm3
respectively and let PQ be their
∴ Volume of glass of type B common chord.
= 308 – 12.83
We have,
= 295.17 cm3
OP = 10 cm, O′P = 8 cm and PQ
Thus the glass of type A has minimum
= 12 cm.
capacity.

134 MATHEMATICS – IX
 =  EO  EO
∴ PL = 23  EO

∴ OO′ = OL + LO′
In right triangle OLP,
= (8 + 5.29) cm = 13.29 cm.
we have 29. Steps of construction:
OP2 = OL2 + LP2 1. Draw a line segment MN = 13 cm.

⇒ OL = 12   .2      2. Construct an angle of 60° at M and


45° at N such that ∠PMN = 60° and
∠QNM = 45°.
=  EO  EO
3. Draw the bisectors of 60° and 45°
In right triangle O′ LP, we have which intersect each other at A.
O′ P2 = O′ L2 + LP2 4. Draw the perpendicular bisectors of
MA and NA, which meet MN at B
⇒ O′ L = 1b 2   .2      and C respectively.

5. Join AB and AC.


ΔABC is the required triangle such that AB + BC + CA = 13 cm and base angles ∠B
= 60° and ∠C = 45°.

PRACTICE PAPERS 135


30. Let the total distance covered be x km (ii)
and the total fare charged be ` y. Then
for the first km, fare charged is ` 10 and
for remaining (x – 1) km fare charged is
` 4 (x – 1).

Practice Paper–5

SECTION-A
1. In the Ist quadrant, as only in the first
quadrant x and y both are positive.
2. Sample space is [HH, HT, TH, TT]
Therefore, y = 10 + 4(x – 1) 
Required probability = .
= 4x + 6 
3. The length of the longest pole
The required equation is y = 4x + 6.
(i.e., diagonal of the room)
1
x 0 –1 = l2 + b2 + h2 =
2 102 + 102 + 52

y 6 2 8 = 100 + 100 + 25 = 225 = 15 m.


4. Arranging the weights (in kg) in
31. (i)
ascending order
Marks Tally marks No. of students 35, 36, 38, 40, 44, 45, 52, 55, 60
th
10-20 | 1 ⎛9 +1⎞
∴ Median = ⎜ ⎟ observation = 44 kg.
20-30 |||| 5 ⎝ 2 ⎠
30-40 |||| 4 SECTION-B
40-50 |||| ||| 8 5. (i) Equation 2x – 3y = 5 can be re-written
50-60 |||| 5 as 2x – 3y – 5 = 0.
60-70 || 2 Hence, a = 2, b = – 3, c = – 5.
(ii) 7x = 3y can be expressed as
7x – 3y + 0 = 0.
Hence, a = 7, b = – 3, c = 0.

136 MATHEMATICS – IX
Z Z  ZP [ [  [P
6. \ = D is mid-point of BC
P
Z Z  ZP [ [  [P
⇒ BD = DC =
BC a
=
P P
= 2 2

Z [ ΔBDP is equilateral triangle.
= .
 3 2
7. Let the fourth angle be x. Area of ΔABC = a …(i)
4
Since the sum of four angles of a 3 3 ⎛a⎞
2
quadrilateral is 360°, Area of ΔBDP = BD2 = ×⎜ ⎟
4 4 ⎝2⎠
Therefore,
3 a2 1⎛ 3 2⎞
56 + 115 + 84 + x = 360° = × = ⎜ a ⎟
4 4 4⎝ 4 ⎠
⇒ 255 + x = 360° 1
∴ x = 105° = (area of ΔABC).
4
Hence, the fourth angle is 105°. OR
8. Let the numbers be x1, x2, x3, ......, x16
PS is bisected by QR (Given)
x x2 x3 ...... x16 ⇒ PO = OS
Given that 1 =8
16 ⇒ QO is median of ΔPQS and RO is
or x1 + x2 + x3 + ....... + x16 = 128 median of ΔPRS.
If 2 is added to each number, then the In ΔPQS, QO is median.
observations become ⇒ ar(ΔPOQ) = ar(ΔSOQ) …(i)
x1 + 2, x2 + 2, x3 + 2, ......... , x16 + 2 (As we know median of a Δ
∴ New mean divides it into two
triangles of equal area)
x1 + 2 + x2 + 2 + x3 + 2 + ....... + x16 + 2
= In ΔPRS, RO is median.
16 ⇒ ar(ΔPRO) = ar(ΔSRO) …(ii)
x1 + x2 + ........ + x16 + 32 ar(ΔPQR) = ar(ΔPOQ) + ar(ΔPOR)
=
16 = ar(ΔSOQ) + ar(ΔSRO)
128 + 32 160 [using (i) and (ii)]
= = = 10 = ar(ΔQSR).
16 16
Hence proved.
Thus, the new mean is 10.
9. AB is the diameter of the circle (Given) SECTION-C
⇒ ∠ACB = 90° (Angle in a semi- 11.
circle is a right angle)
⇒ ΔACB is a right
triangle and AB is
its hypotenuse.
Using Pythagoras
theorem in ΔABC,
we have
AB2 = AC2 + BC2.
10. ΔABC is an equilateral triangle.
∴ AB = BC = AC = a (say) DABC is the required triangle.

PRACTICE PAPERS 137


12. As there are 100 tickets and one ticket is breadth = 4 cm, height = 4 cm
drawn, so there are 100 possible ∴ Volume = 12 × 4 × 4 cm3
outcomes.
= 192 cm3
Let A be an event that ‘‘the number Surface Area = 2(12 × 4 + 4 × 4
drawn is a multiple of 3 or 5’’.
+ 12 × 4) cm2
Favourable outcomes for a multiple of 3
= 2(48 + 16 + 48) cm2
are 3, 6, 9, ....99, i.e., 33.
= 2 × 112 cm2
Favourable outcomes for a multiple of 5
= 224 cm2.
are 5, 10,.......100, i.e., 20.
15. The radius of the cylindrical block of
Favourable outcomes for a multiple of
wood = r = 70 cm and the length =
15 are 15, 30, ......., 90, i.e., 6.
h = 200 cm.
Therefore, favourable outcomes for an
event A are 33 + 20 – 6 = 47. The total surface area of the cylindrical
block
Hence, probability of a ticket drawn
Whose number is a multiple of 3 or 5 is = 2πr(r + h)

Favourable outcomes for =2× × 70 × (70 + 200) cm2
an event A 47 
P(A) = =
100
. = 440 × 270 cm2 = 118800 cm2
Total possible outcomes
for an experiment ∴ Cost of painting on 100 cm2
OR 
As three coins are tossed once. Therefore = ` 1.25 = `

there are 8 possible outcomes, i.e., HHH,

HHT, HTH, THH, THT, HTT, TTH, ∴ Cost of painting on 1 cm2 = `
TTT. 
∴ Cost of painting on 118800 cm2
Let A be an event of ‘‘at least one
head’’. At least one head implies that in 
=` × 118800
an event there can be one head, two 
heads or three heads. 
=` × 1188 = ` 1485.
Therefore, favourable cases for an event 
A are seven, i.e., HHT, HTH, THH, Hence, the cost of painting the block
TTH, THT, HTT, HHH. of wood is ` 1485.
Favourable outcomes for OR
an event A 7
∴ P(A) = = . 
Total possible outcomes 8 (i) Diameter, d = 3.5 m = m
for an experiment 
F  
13. Sum of observations = 50 × 80.4 ⇒ r= = = m, h = 10 m.
  
= 4020 Inner curved surface area of the well
Correct sum = 4020 + 96 – 69 = 2πrh
= 4047  
4047 = 2× × × 10 m2
Correct mean = = 80.94.  
50 = 110 m2.
14. For the resulting cuboid, length (ii) Cost of plastering = ` 40 × 110
= (4 + 4 + 4) cm = 12 cm = ` 4400.

138 MATHEMATICS – IX
16. Given: BD y CA, E is the mid-point of If x = y, 2x + cx = 8
1 ⇒ cx = 8 – 2x
CA and BD = CA. 8 – 2x
2 ∴ c= , x ≠ 0.
To prove: ar(ΔΑBC) = 2ar(ΔDBC) x
8 – 2x
Therefore, required value of c is ,
Proof: Since BD y CA (i.e., CE) x
x≠0.
1
and BD = CE (ΠBD = CA = CE) 19. In quadrilateral ARBC, AC || RB and
2
∴ BCED is a ygm. BC || RA.   (... AC || RP and BC || RQ)

⇒ DE y BC
⇒ ar(ΔDBC) = ar(ΔBCE) …(i)
(ΠBoth triangles have same base and
lie between same parallels.)
Now, BE is the median of ΔABC.
∴ ar(ΔABC) = 2ar(ΔBCE)
So ARBC is a parallelogram.
[As ar(ΔBCE) = ar(ΔABE)]
∴ BC = RA
∴ ar(ΔABC) = 2ar(ΔDBC). [Using (i)]
Similarly, AQCB is a parallelogram
17. Arcs AXB and CYD are congruent, i.e., ∴ BC = AQ
arc AXB ≅ arc CYD (Given) Therefore, BC = RA = AQ
⇒ q = l %;&
l #:$ q ⇒ A is the mid-point of RQ

⇒ RQ = 2BC
⇒ AB = CD
Similarly, PQ = 2AB and RP = 2AC
(Chords corresponding Now, AB = BC = CA
to equal arcs of a circle
∴ PQ = QR = RP
are equal.)
Hence, ΔPQR is equilateral triangle.
20. Let r be the radius of the moon and R be
#$  the radius of the earth.
⇒ = ⇒ AB : CD = 1 : 1.
%&  Diameter of the moon
18. Let y = mx be a linear equation where m 
is variable constant. = (diameter of the earth)

Given y = 12 when x = 4. (Given)
12 
⇒ 12 = m . 4 ⇒ m = =3 ⇒ 2r = (2R)
4 
Therefore, required equation is y = 3x, (Q Diameter = 2 × radius)
i.e.,3x – y = 0.

Again, when x = 5 ⇒ 2r = R ⇒ R = 4r

y = 3x ⇒ y= 3 . 5 = 15.
OR  
8QNWOGQHVJGOQQP QT T
The given linear equation is 2x + cy = 8, =  =
8QNWOGQH VJGGCTVJ  
where c is any real. Q
4 
4


PRACTICE PAPERS 139


T T  
= = =
1
. 5 5  QT  QT
 T  = × 100% =  × 100%

 T  64
1 5  QT 
⇒ Volume of the moon = volume of
64  
QT 
the earth. 
=  × 100% =  × 100%
Therefore, the required fraction is
1
.  QT
64
= 43.75%.
SECTION-D
OR
21. (i) In ΔABC and ΔADC,
∠1 = ∠2 (AC bisects ∠A) Let radius, height and slant height of the
cone be r metres, h metres and l metres
AC = AC (Common side)
respectively.
∠3 = ∠4 (AC bisects ∠C)
Curved surface area = 188.40 m3
⇒ πrl = 188.40

⇒ 3.14 × r × r2 64 = 188.4

(... l = r2 h2 and h = 8 m)
∴ ΔABC ≅ ΔADC (Using ASA)
⇒ AB = AD (CPCT) ⇒ r r 2 64 = 60
Also, AB = CD and AD = BC ⇒ r2(r2 + 64) = 3600
(Q Opposite sides of a rectangle)
⇒ AB = BC = CD = AD (Squaring both sides)

Hence, ABCD is a square. ⇒ r4


+ 64r2 = 3600
⇒ x2 + 64x – 3600 = 0,
(ii) Join BD. In ΔABD, AB = AD where x = r2
⇒ ∠5 = ∠7 ...(i) ⇒ x2 + 100x – 36x – 3600 = 0
Also, ∠5 = ∠8 ...(ii) (Alternate angles)
⇒ x(x + 100) – 36(x + 100) = 0
and ∠7 = ∠6 (Alternate angles)
⇒ (x + 100) (x – 36) = 0
⇒ ∠5 = ∠6 and ∠7 = ∠8
⇒ x = – 100 or 36
Hence, BD bisects ∠B and ∠D.
⇒ r2 = – 100 or 36
22. Let initial radius of the given sphere be r.
⇒ r 2 = 36
Then initial curved surface area
(Square of a real number can't
S1 = 4πr2
be negative)

Now, new radius = r – r × ⇒ r =6m

1
  Volume = πr2h
=r× = r 3
 
1
Then new curved surface area = × 3.14 × 6 × 6 × 8
3
  2
¦ µ = 301.44 m3.
S2 = 4π × § T¶ = πr
¨ ·  23. Other acute angle will be 90° – 60° = 30°
So, per cent decrease in curved surface 1. Draw PQ = 10 cm.
area

140 MATHEMATICS – IX
 5. Draw perpendicular bisector of AP and
2. At P construct of 60° = 30° angle.
 AQ.
 Intersecting PQ in B and C respectively.
3. At Q construct of 30° = 15° angle. Join AB and AC.

4. Let these intersect at A. Thus, ΔABC is the required triangle.

OR
Steps of construction:
1. Draw a ray
BY and cut
BC = 8 cm
from it.

PRACTICE PAPERS 141


2. Make ∠YBX = 90° at B. 25. (i) Diameter = 28 cm ⇒ r = 14 cm
3. From BX, we cut a line segment Volume = 9856 cm3,
BD = 12 cm. 
4. Join C and D. ⇒ πr2h = 9856

5. Draw the perpendicular bisector of
 
CD, which intersects BX at A. ⇒ × × (14)2 × h = 9856
 
6. Join A and C.
Thus, ΔABC is the required triangle.  t  t 
⇒ h= ⇒ h = 48 cm.
 t  t 
24. Curved surface area of the conical tent
= Area of cloth used in it, i.e., 165 m2 (ii) l= T  J =
 
 
⇒ πrl = 165
=   =  = 50 cm.
22
⇒ × 5 × l = 165 (iii) Curved surface area = πrl
7
. .
( . Base radius = 5 m) 
= × 14 × 50 = 22 × 2 × 50
165 × 7 21 
⇒ l = = m. = 2200 cm2.
22 × 5 2
2 26. Two parallelograms ABCD and EFCD,
¦ 21 µ 2 on the same base DC and between the
∴ h = § ¶ – (5)
l2 – r 2 = ¨ 2 · same parallels EB and DC are given (see
figure).
441 441 – 100
= – 25 = We need to prove that
4 4
ar(ABCD) = ar(EFCD)
341 In ΔADE and ΔBCF,
= m.
2 ∠DAE = ∠CBF ...(i)
22 (Corresponding angles as AD || BC
(i) Base area = πr2 = × (5)2
7 and transversal EB)
22 t 25 2 ∠AED = ∠BFC ...(ii)
= m
7 (Corresponding angles as
5
For a student, area required m2 ED || FC and transversal EB)
7
Therefore,
So, the number of students that can sit
∠ADE = ∠BCF ...(iii)
in the tent =
Base area of tent (Angle sum property of a triangle)
5 2
m Also, AD = BC ...(iv)
7 (Opposite sides of the paralle-
22 ª 25 7 logram ABCD)
= ª = 110.
7 5 So, ΔADE ≅ ΔBCF
1 [By ASA rule, using (i), (iii), and (iv)]
(ii) Volume of the cone = πr2h
3 Therefore,
1 22 341 ar(ADE) = ar(BCF) ...(v)
= × × (5)2 ×
3 7 2 (Congruent figures have equal areas)
275 341 275 ª 18.46 Adding ar(ADCF) to both sides, we get
= =
21 21 ar(ADE) + ar(ADCF) = ar(BCF) + ar(ADCF)
= 241.7 m3. ar(EFCD) = ar(ABCD)

142 MATHEMATICS – IX
Thus, parallelograms ABCD and EFCD The required histogram is shown
are equal in area. below.

(i) We know that a rectangle is also, a


parallelogram.
||gms ABCD and EFCD stand on the same
base and lie between the same parallels.

∴ ar(ABCD) = ar(EFCD)
(ii) ar(EFCD) = DC . ED
But (EAMD) is a rectangle
∴ ED = AM
28. Work done = Constant force × Distance
Thus, ar(ABCD) = (DC)(AM). travelled
27. As the given distribution is discontinuous, If the constant force is given that is
we shall first change it to a continuous 3 units, then
distribution. To do this, we take half of Work done = 3 × (distance travelled).
the difference of the lower limit of second
If y represents work done and x distance
class and the upper limit of first class.
travelled, then the linear equation is
© 51 – 50 ¸ given by
Here it is 0.5 ª . Proceeding
« 2 ¹º y = 3x
this way, we get the following distribu- Table of solutions of y = 3x.
tion.
x 0 1 2
Daily earnings y
No. of workers 0 3 6
(in rupees)

0.5-50.5 3 Plotting the points A(0, 0), B(1, 3) and


50.5-100.5 7 C(2, 6) and joining them we get the graph
of the equation as a straight line.
100.5-150.5 4
150.5-200.5 5 [We have not shown the whole line
200.5-250.5 4 because work done cannot be negative.]
250.5-300.5 3 If x = 2 then work done
300.5-350.5 2 y = 3x
350.5-400.5 2
= 3 × 2 = 6 units.

PRACTICE PAPERS 143


⇒ O′L = 1′2  − .2  =  − 
=   EO
∴ OO′ = OL + LO′ = (8 + 5.29) cm
= 13.29 cm.
30. (i) Let the butter-chords of the biscuit be
AB and CD; and centre of the biscuit be O.
Join each of A, B, C, D to
O
In ΔOAB and ΔOCD
AB = CD (Given)
OA = OC (Each
equal to radius)
OB = OD
(Each equal to radius)
∴ ΔOAB { ΔOCD [SSS]
⇒ ∠AOB = ∠COD (CPCT)
To verify from the graph we draw a Therefore, the butter-chords subtend
perpendicular line at x-axis at the point equal angles at the centre of the biscuit.
(2, 0) meeting the graph at the point C. (ii) We are given the length of either
Clearly, the coordinates of C are (2, 6). It chord is greater than the radius and less
means the work done is 6 units. than the diameter of the circle.
Thus, the work done is same in both the Let length of either chord = l, radius = r
cases. and angled subtended by either butter-
29. Let O and O′ be chord = θ
the centres of the Two cases arise:
circles of radii 10 Case I. If l = r
cm and 8 cm resp- In this case, the chord and correspon-
ectively and let PQ ding radius form an equilateral triangle
be their common with side r
chord intersecting the line segment
∴ θ = 60°
joining the centres of the circles at L.
We have, OP = 10 cm, O′P = 8 cm and Case II. If l = 2r
PQ = 12 cm. In this case, the butter chord passes
Since the line segment joining the centres through the centre.
of two circles intersecting at two distinct ∴ θ = 180°
points divides their common chord in two Consequently, we arrive at the following
equal parts at right angles. inequality:
 60° < θ < 180° (As r < l < 2r)
∴ PL = 23  EO Thus, the required range is from 60° to
 180° excluding both.
And ∠OLP = ∠O′LP = 90°
(iii) (a) Congruence of triangles
In right triangle OLP, we have
(b) CPCT (Corresponding parts of
OP2 = OL2 + LP2 congruent triangles) are equal
(c) Equilateral triangle and its angles.
⇒ OL = 12   .2  =   
(iv) Industrialist, Thoughtfulness, Self-
=   EO confident, Rationality.
31. Try yourself.
In right triangle OLP, we have qq
O′P2 = O′L2 + LP2
144 MATHEMATICS – IX

You might also like